Arithmatic Download

www.aptionline.
com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.1 A train running at the speed of 60 km/hr crosses a pole in 9 seconds. What is the length
of the train?
A. 120 Meters
B. 150 Meters
C. 324 Meters
D. 180 Meters
ANSWER : Option B 150 Meters
SOLUTION :
Speed = (60*5/18)m/Sec. =(50/3) m/Sec.
Length of Train=(Speed * Time)=(50/3*9)m=150 Meters
Q.2 Two trains of equal lengths take 10 seconds and 15 seconds respectively to cross a
telegraph post. If the length of each train be 120 meters, in what time in(seconds) will they
cross each other travelling in opposite direction?
A. 10 Sec
B. 12 Sec
C. 15 Sec
D. 20 Sec
ANSWER : Option B 12 Sec
SOLUTION :
Speed of first train = (120/10) m/ sec. = 12m/sec
Speed of second Train =(120/15) m/sec. =8m/sec
Relative Speed = (12+8)= 20m/sec
Hence required time = (120+120)/20 Sec= 12 Sec.
Q.3 Two trains of equal length are running on parallel lines in the same direction at 46 km/hr
and 36 km/hr. The faster train passes the slower train in 36 seconds. The length of each
train is:
A. 50 m
B. 72 m
C. 80 m
D. 82 m
ANSWER : Option A 50 m
SOLUTION :
Let the length of each train be X meters.
Then, distance covered = 2x
Relative Speed= (46-36) Km/hr = (10*1000mtr/3600 Sec)= (25/9) m/Sec
Hence, 2X/36 = 25/9 , 2x=100
X= 50.
Q.4 A train passes a station platform in 36 seconds and a man standing on the platform in
20 seconds. If the speed of the train is 54 km/hr, what is the length of the platform?
Page 1
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
A. 120
B. 180
C. 220
D. 240
ANSWER : Option D 240
SOLUTION :
Speed= (54*5/18)m/sec.=15m/sec.
Length of the Train = (15*20)m=300mtr.
Let the length of the platform be x metres.
Then,x + 300= 15
36
x + 300 = 540
x = 240 m.
Q.5 A train 240 m long passes a pole in 24 seconds. How long will it take to pass a platform
650 m long?
A. 65 sec.
B. 74 sec.
C. 89 sec
D. 96 sec.
ANSWER : Option C 89 sec
SOLUTION :
Speed=(240/24)m/sec = 10m/sec.
Hence,Required time = (240+650)/10sec. = 89sec.
Q.6 A train 120 m long is running at the speed of 54 km /hr. Find the time taken it to pass a
man standing near the railway track.
A. 8 sec
B. 9 sec
C. 11 sec.
D. 10 sec.
ANSWER : Option A 8 sec
SOLUTION :
speed of train = [54 * ( 5 / 18 ) ] = 15 m / sec
length of train = 120 m , So required time :
TimeTaken=(120/15)=8sec
Q.7 A train is moving at a speed of 54 km / hr. If the length of the train is 100 meters, how
long will it take to cross a railway platform 110 meters long ?
A. 12 sec.
Page 2
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
B. 14 sec.
C. 16 sec
D. 18 sec
ANSWER : Option B 14 sec
SOLUTION :
speed of train = [54 * ( 5 / 18 ) ] = 15 m / sec
Distance covered in passing the platform = 100 + 110 = 210 m
time taken=(210/15)=14sec

Q.8 Two trains 125 m and 100 m in length respectively are running in opposite directions,
one at the rate of 50km/hr and the other at the rate of 40km/hr. At what time they will clear
each other from the moment they meet?
A. 7 sec.
B. 8 sec.
C. 9 sec.
D. 10 sec.
ANSWER : Option C 9 sec
SOLUTION :
of trains = (50 + 40) km / hr = [90 * ( 5 / 18 ) ] = 25 m / sec
Total length to be travelled = 125 + 100 = 225 m
Q.9 Two trains 110m and 100m in length respectively are running in same directions, one at
the rate of 100km/hr and the other at the rate of 64km/hr. At what time faster train will clear
other train from the moment they meet ?
A. 15 sec
B. 18 sec.
C. 21 sec.
D. 24 sec.
ANSWER : Option C 21 sec.
SOLUTION :
Since trains are running in same direction, so
relative speed = 100-64 = 36 km / hr = [ 36 * ( 5 / 18 )] = 10 m / sec
Total length to be travelled = 110 + 100 = 210 m
time taken=(210/10)=21 sec
Q.10 A train 125 m in length, moves at a speed of 82 km / hr , In what time the train will
cross a boy who is walking at 8 km / hr in opposite direction ?
Page 3
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
A. 3 sec.
B. 5 sec.
C. 7 sec
D. 9 sec
ANSWER : Option B 5 sec.
SOLUTION :
Relative speed = 82+8 = 90 km / hr = [ 90 * ( 5 / 18 )] = 25 m / sec.
Q.11 A train passes a standing pole on the platform in 5 seconds and passes the platform
completely in 20 seconds. If the length of the platform is 225 meters. Then find the length of
the train ?
A. 75 m
B. 80 m
C. 85 m
D. 90 m
SOLUTION :
Let the length of the train is x meter
So speed of train =( x / 5 ) m / sec
Also speed of train = ( 225 + x ) / 20 m/sec
x/5=225+x/20
so x=75m
Q.12 Two trains of length 115 m and 110 m respectively run on parallel rails. When running
in the same direction the faster train passes the slower one in 25 seconds, but when they
are running in opposite directions with the same speeds as earlier, they pass each other in
5 seconds. Find the speed of each train ?
A. 22 m/s & 15 m/s
B. 25 m/s & 17 m/s
C. 27 m/s & 18 m/s
D. 30 m/s & 21 m/s
ANSWER : Option C 27 m/s & 18 m/s
SOLUTION :
Let the speed of trains be x m/sec and y m/sec espectively.
When they move in same direction their relative speed is : x - y
When they moves in opposite direction their relative speed is : x + y
so x-y=115+110/25,x+y=115+110/5
On solving two equations x=27 m/s and y=18 m/sec
Page 4
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.13 The length of the bridge, which a train 130 meters long and travelling at 45km/hr can
cross in 30 seconds, is:
A. 200
B. 260
C. 230
D. 245
SOLUTION :
Speed = 45*5/18 m/sec. 25/2 m/sec.
Time = 30 sec.
Let the length of bridge be xmtr.
Then, (130+x)/30 = 25/2
2(130+x) = 25*30
2(130+x) = 750
X =245
Q.14 A train of length 150 meters takes 40.5 seconds to cross a tunnel of length 300
meters. What is the speed of the train in km/hr?
A. 40 km/hr.
B. 37 km/hr.
C. 42 km/hr.
D. 35 km/hr.
ANSWER : Option A 40 km/hr
SOLUTION :
Speed = (150+300)/40.5 m/sec.
=(450/40.5 *18/5)km/hr.
=40km/hr.
Q.15 A jogger running at 9 km/h alongside a railway track is 240 meters ahead of the
engine of a 120 meters long train running at 45 km/h in the same direction. In how much
time will the train pass the jogger?
A. 3.6 sec
B. 360 sec
C. 36 sec.
D. None.
ANSWER : Option C 36 sec.
SOLUTION :
Speed of train relative to Jogger = (45 - 9) km/hr. = 36 km/hr.
= 36*5/18 m/sec. =10 m/sec
Distance to be covered = (240+120) m = 360 m.Hence, Time taken = 360/10 sec = 36 sec.
Q.16 A train travelling at 48 km/h completely crosses another train having half its length and
travelling in opposite direction at 42 km/h, in 12 seconds, It also passes a railway platform in
Page 5
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
45 seconds. The length of the platform is.
A. 400 m
B. 450 m
C. 500 m
D. 600 m
SOLUTION :
Let, length of the first train is X mtr
Then, length of second train is X/2mtr.
Relative speed = (48+42) km/hr = (90*5/18) m/sec. =25 m/sec.
(x+x/2)/25=12 3x/2 = 300 x = 200m
Length of first train = 200m.
Let, the length of platform be Ymtr.
Speed of thefirs train =(48*5/18)m/sec. =40/3 m/sec.
(200 + Y) x 3/40 = 45
600 + 3Y = 1800
Y = 400 m
Q.17 A train covers a distance of 12 km in 10 minutes. If it takes 6 seconds to pass a
telegraph post, then the length of the train is:
A. 90 mtr.
B. 100 mtr.
C. 120 mtr
D. 140 mtr
ANSWER : Option C 120 mtr
SOLUTION :
Speed = 12/10*60 km/hr. = 72*5/18 m/sec. =20 m/sec
Length of the train = (Speed x Time) = (20x6) mtr. =120 mtr
Q.18 A train 800 meters long is running at a speed of 78 km / hr. If it crosses a tunnel in 1
minute, then the length of the tunnel (in meters) is:
A. 130mtr.
B. 340 mtr
C. 480mtr
D. 500mtr.
ANSWER : Option D 500mtr.
SOLUTION :
Speed = (78x5/18)m/sec. = (65/3) m/sec;
Let the length of the tunnel be x mtr.
Then, (800+X/60) = 65/3
3(800+X) = 3900
X = 500 mtr.
Page 6
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.19 Two trains running in opposite directions cross a man standing on the platform in 27
seconds and 17 seconds respectively and they cross each other in 23 seconds. The ratio of
their speeds is:
A. 1:3
B. 3:2
C. 2:3
D. 3:4
ANSWER : Option B 3:2
SOLUTION :
Let the speed of both trains are X m/sec. & Y m/sec. resp.
Then, the length of first train is = 27X m/sec.
And the length of second train is = 17Y m/sec.
(27X + 17Y)/X+Y = 23
27X + 17Y = 23X + 23Y
4X = 6Y
X/Y = 3/2
Q.20 A train leaves Cairo at 3:00 am, averaging 30 mph.
Another train headed in the same direction leaves Cairo at 6:00 am, averaging 60 mph.
To the nearest tenth, how many hours after the second train leaves will it overtake the first
train?

A. 2 hr.
B. 2.5 hr
C. 3 hr.
D. 4 hr.
ANSWER : Option C 3 hr.
SOLUTION :
We begin by noting that the distance travelled by both trains must be the same when the
second train overtakes the first.
Distance = Rate ~A- Time
Therefore, r1t1 = r2t2
Let t2 = time that the second train is travelling.
Let t1 = time that the first train is travelling alone + time that it's travelling with the second
train = 3 + t2
r1(3 + t2) = r2t2
30(3 + t2) = 60t2
90 + 30 t2 = 60t2
90 = 30t2
t2 = 3 hr.
Q.21 A train leaves Pune at 8:00 pm, averaging 60 m/h.
Another train headed in the same direction leaves Pune at 12:00 am, averaging 90 m/h.To
the nearest tenth, how many hours after the second train leaves will it overtake the first
Page 7
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
train?

A. 6 hr.
B. 7 hr.
C. 7.5 hr.
D. 8 hr
ANSWER : Option D 8 hr
SOLUTION :
Distance = Rate Time
Therefore, the total head start that the first train has is 4 hours 60 m/h = 240 miles.
The second train travels at a relative rate of 30m/h faster than the first train and it starts 240
miles behind the first train.
Thus we can find the time it will take to overtake the first train by relating distance rate and
time once again.
Time = Distance Rate
Time = 240.30 = 8 hr.
Q.22 A train leaves Venice at 7:00 pm, averaging 80 mph.
Another train headed in the same direction leaves Venice at 10:00 pm, averaging 100 mph.
To the nearest minute, at what time will the second train overtake the first train?

A. 10 pm
B. 10 am
C. 12 pm
D. 12 am
ANSWER : Option B 10 am
SOLUTION :
Let t1 = time that the first train is travelling alone + time that it's travelling with the second
train = 3 + t2
r1(3 + t2) = r2t2
80(3 + t2) = 100t2
240 + 80t2 = 100t2
240 = 20t2
t2 = 12
Now we must use that to determine the time the second train overtakes the first.
Page 8
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Adding the time passed to 10:00 pm we get 10:00 am
Q.23 A train leaves Taipei at 3:00 am, averaging 50 m/h. Another train headed in the same
direction leaves Taipei at 4:00 am, averaging 70 m/h.To the nearest minute, at what time
will the second train overtake the first train?

A. 6.30 am
B. 6.30 pm
C. 7 am
D. 7.30 am
ANSWER : Option A 6.30 am
SOLUTION :
Distance = Rate-Time
Therefore, the total head start that the first train has is 1 hour 50 m/h = 50 miles.
The second train travels at a relative rate of 20m/h faster than the first train and it starts 50
time once again.
Time = Distance - Rate
Time = 50. 20 = 2.5
2.5 hrs can be converted to hours and minutes. It should be 2 hrs and 0.5 Ã??? 60 =
30 min.
Adding the time passed to 4:00 am we get 6:30 am
Q.24 A train leaves Los Angeles at 6:45 pm, averaging 85 m/h.Another train headed in the
same direction leaves Los Angeles at 9:30 pm, averaging 105 mph.To the nearest minute,
at what time will the second train overtake the first train?

A. 9.06 am
B. 9.11 am
C. 9.25 am
D. 9.37 am
ANSWER : Option B 9.11 am
SOLUTION :
Distance = Rate Ã? Time
Page 9
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Let t1 = time that the first train is travelling alone + time that it's travelling with the
second train = 2.75 + t2
r1(2.75 + t2) = r2t2
85(2.75 + t2) = 105t2
233.75 + 85t2 = 105t2
233.75 = 20t2
t2 = 11.6875
11.6875 hrs can be converted to hours and minutes. It should be 11 hrs and 0.6875
Ã? 60 = 41 min.
Adding the time passed to 9:30 pm we get 9:11 am
Q.25 A train leaves Cairo at 2:45 pm, averaging 30 mph.
Another train headed in the same direction leaves Cairo at 3:15 pm, averaging 45 mph.
To the nearest minute, at what time will the second train overtake the first train?

A. 4 am
B. 4 pm
C. 4.15 am
D. 4.15 pm
ANSWER : Option D 4.15 pm
SOLUTION :
Therefore, the total head start that the first train has is 0.5 hours~A- 30 mph = 15 miles.
The second train travels at a relative rate of 15mph faster than the first train and it starts 15
time once again.
Time = Distance ~A. Rate
Time = 15 ~A. 15 = 1
Adding the time passed to 3:15 pm we get 4:15 pm
Q.26 A train leaves Rome at 7:15 am, averaging 95 m/h.
Another train headed in the opposite direction leaves Rome at 8:30 am, averaging 115
m/h.To the nearest mile, how far are the two trains from each other at 10:30 am?

A. 537
B. 539
C. 542
Page 10
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. 547
ANSWER : Option B 539
SOLUTION :
Since both trains are travelling in opposite directions, their total distance apart is the sum of
the distances they each traveled.
Distance = Rate-Time
Therefore, dtotal = r1t1 + r2t2
Let t1 = time between 7:15 am and 10:30 am = 3.25
Let t2 = time between 8:30 am and 10:30 am = 2
dtotal = 95t1 + 115t2
dtotal = 95.3.25 + 115.2
dtotal = 308.75 + 230
dtotal = 538.75
dtotal = 539 (rounded)
Q.27 A train leaves Geneva for a nearby city at 3:04 pm, averaging 37 mph.
Another train leaves the nearby city for Geneva at 7:30 pm, averaging 55 mph.
If the nearby city is 624.03333333333 miles from Geneva, to the nearest minute, at what
time will the two trains pass each other?

A. 12 pm
B. 12 am
C. 12.30 pm
D. 12.30 am
ANSWER : Option C 12.30 pm
SOLUTION :
Note that the total distance travelled between the two trains must equal the distance
between the two cities.
Therefore d = r1t1 + r2t2.
Let t2 = Time travelled by the second train.
Let t1 = Time travelled by the first train alone + Time travelled with second train =
4.4333333333333 + t2
d = r1(4.4333333333333 + t2) + r2t2
624.03333333333 = 37(4.4333333333333 + t2) + 55t2
624.03333333333 = 164.03333333333 + 37t2 + 55t2
460 = 92t2
t2 = 5
We must use the amount of time that passes after the second train leaves to determine the
time at which the trains pass by each other.
Page 11
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Adding this amount of time to 7:30 pm yields 12:30 pm as the time.
Q.28 A train 150 m long is running with a speed of 68 km/ph. In what time will itpass a man
who is running at 8 kmph in the same direction in which the train isgoing?
A. 6 sec.
B. 7 sec.
C. 8 sec.
D. 9 sec.
ANSWER : Option D 9 sec
SOLUTION :
Speed of the train relative to man = (68 - 8) kmph
= (60 x 5/18)m/see = 50/3 m/sec
Time taken by the train to cross the man = Time taken by it to cover 150 m at
(50/3)m/sec = (150 x 3/50)sec = 9 sec.
Q.29 A boat takes 90 minutes less to travel 36 miles downstream than to travel the
samedistance upstream. If the speed of the boat in still water is 10 mph, the speed of
thestream is:(ACCENTURE 2007)
A. 2 mph
B. 2.5 mph
C. 3 mph
D. 4 mph
ANSWER : Option A 2 mph
SOLUTION :
Let the speed of the stream x mph. Then,
Speed downstream = (10 + x) mph,
Speed upstream = (10 - x) mph.
36/(10-X)-36/(10+X) =90/60
72X x 60 = 90 (100 âEUR" X2)
X2+ 48X - 100 = 0
(X+ 50)(X - 2) = 0
X = 2 mph.
Q.30 A man can row at 5 km/h in still water. If the velocity of current is 1 km/h and it take
shim 1 hour to row to a place and come back, how far is the place?
A. 2.4 km
B. 2.5 km
C. 3 km
D. 3.6 km
Page 12
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
ANSWER : Option A 2.4 km
SOLUTION :
Speed downstream = (5 + 1) km/h = 6 km/h.
Speed upstream = (5 - 1) km/h = 4 km/h.
Let the required distance be x km.
Then, x/6 + x/4 =1
2x + 3x = 12
5x = 12
x = 2.4 km.
Q.31 A boat covers a certain distance downstream in 1 hour, while it comes back in 1
hours.If the speed of the stream be 3 kmph, what is the speed of the boat in still water?
A. 12 kmph
B. 13 kmph
C. 14 kmph
D. 15 kmph
ANSWER : Option D 15 kmph
SOLUTION :
Let the speed of the boat in still water be x kmph. Then,
Speed downstream = (x + 3) kmph,
Speed upstream = (x - 3) kmph.
(x + 3) x 1 = (x - 3) x 3/2
2x + 6 = 3x - 9
x = 15 kmph.
Q.32 A boatman goes 2 km against the current of the stream in 1 hour and goes 1 km along
the current in 10 minutes. How long will it take to go 5 km in stationary water?(CSC 2008)
A. 40 minutes
B. 1 hour
C. 1 hr 15 min
D. 1 hr 30 min
ANSWER : Option C 1 hr 15 min
SOLUTION :
Rate downstream = (1/10x60) km/hr =6 km/hr.
Rate upstream = 2 km/hr.
Speed in still water = 1/2(6 + 2) km/hr = 4 km/hr.
Required time = 5/4 hr. = 1/14hr. = 1 hr. & 15 min.
Q.33 A man can row three-quarters of a kilometre against the stream in 11 minutes and
down the stream in 7 minutes. The speed (in km/hr) of the man in still water is: (SBI P.O
2001
A. 2
B. 3
Page 13
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
C. 4
D. 5
ANSWER : Option D 5
SOLUTION :
We can write three-quarters of a kilometre as 750 metres,
and 11x1/4 minutes as 675 seconds.
Rate upstream = 750/675 m/sec = 10/9 m/sec.
Rate downstream = 750/450 m/sec = 5/3 m/sec.
Rate in still water = Â 1/2 (10/9+5/3) m/sec.
= (25/18x18/5) km/hr.
= 5 km/hr.
Q.34 Speed of a boat in standing water is 9 kmph and the speed of the stream is 1.5 kmph.
Aman rows to a place at a distance of 105 km and comes back to the starting point.
Thetotal time taken by him is.(S.S.C 2005)
A. 16 hours
B. 18 hours
C. 20 hours
D. 24 hours
ANSWER : Option D 24 hours
SOLUTION :
Speed upstream = 7.5 kmph.
Speed downstream = 10.5 kmph.
Total time taken = (105/7.5+105/10.5) hrs. = 24 hrs.
Q.35 A man takes twice as long to row a distance against the stream as to row the same
distance in favor of the stream. The ratio of the speed of the boat
(in still water) and the stream is:
A. 2 : 1
B. 3 : 1
C. 3 : 2
D. 4 : 3
ANSWER : Option B 3 : 1
SOLUTION :
Let man's rate upstream be x kmph.
Then, his rate downstream = 2x kmph.
(Speed in still water) : (Speed of stream) = (2x + x/2) : (2x â?? x/2)
= 3x/2 : x/2
= 3 : 1
Q.36 A man rows to a place 48 km distant and come back in 14 hours. He finds that he can
row 4 km with the stream in the same time as 3 km against the stream. The rate of the
stream is.(BANK PO 2008)
Page 14
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
A. 1 km/hr
B. 1.5 km/hr
C. 2 km/hr
D. 2.5 km/hr
ANSWER : Option A 1 km/hr
SOLUTION :
Suppose he move 4 km downstream in x hours. Then,
Speed downstream = (4/x) km/hr.
Speed upstream =(3/x) km/hr.
48/(4/x) +48/(3/x) = 14 or x = 1/2
So, Speed downstream = 8 km/hr, Speed upstream = 6 km/hr.
Rate of the stream =1/2(8 - 6) km/hr = 1 km/hr
Q.37 A boat can travel with a speed of 13 km/hr in still water. If the speed of the stream is 4
km/hr, find the time taken by the boat to go 68 km downstream. (WIPRO 2007
A. 2 hours
B. 3 hours
C. 4 hours
D. 5 hours
ANSWER : Option C 4 hours
SOLUTION :
Speed downstream = (13 + 4) km/hr = 17 km/hr.
Time taken to travel 68 km downstream = 68/17 hrs = 4 hrs.
Q.38 A man's speed with the current is 15 km/hr and the speed of the current is 2.5 km/hr.
The man's speed against the current is: (IGATE 2009)
A. 8.5 km/hr
B. 9 km/hr
C. 10 km/hr
D. 12.5 km/hr
ANSWER : Option C 10 km/hr
SOLUTION :
Man's rate in still water = (15 - 2.5) km/hr = 12.5 km/hr.
Man's rate against the current = (12.5 - 2.5) km/hr = 10 km/hr.
Q.39 A boat running upstream takes 8 hours 48 minutes to cover a certain distance, while
ittakes 4 hours to cover the same distance running downstream. What is the ratiobetween
the speed of the boat and speed of the water current respectively?(TCS 2004)
A. 2 : 1
B. 3 : 2
C. 8 : 3
D. Cannot be determined
Page 15
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
ANSWER : Option C 8 : 3
SOLUTION :
Let the man's rate upstream be x kmph and that downstream be y kmph. Then, distance
covered upstream in 8 hrs 48 min = Distance covered downstream in 4 hrs.
(X x 8x4/5) = (Y x 4)
44/5X = 4Y
1Y = 11/5X
Required ratio = (y + x)/2 : (y âEUR" x)/2
= (16x/5 x 1/2) : (6x/5 x Â 1/2 )
= 8/5 :3/5
= 8 : 3
Q.40 A motorboat, whose speed in 15 km/hr in still water goes 30 km downstream and
comesback in a total of 4 hours 30 minutes. The speed of the stream in(km/hr) is:
A. 4
B. 5
C. 6
D. 10
ANSWER : Option B 5
SOLUTION :
Let the speed of the stream be X km/hr. Then,
Speed downstream = (15 + X) km/hr,
Speed upstream = (15 - X) km/hr.
30/(15+X) + 30/(15+X) = 4x1/2
900/225 Ã¢?? X2 = 9/2
9X2 = 225
X2 = 25
X = 5 km/hr.
Q.41 In one hour, a boat goes 11 km/hr along the stream and 5 km/hr against the
stream.The speed of the boat in still water (in km/hr) is.(HCL 2008)
A. 3 km/hr
B. 5 km/hr
C. 8 km/hr
D. 9 km/hr
ANSWER : Option C 8 km/hr
SOLUTION :
Speed in still water = 1/2(11 + 5) kmph = 8 kmph.
Q.42 A boat running downstream covers a distance of 16 km in 2 hours while for
coveringthe same distance upstream, it takes 4 hours. What is the speed of the boat in
stillwater?
A. 4 km/hr
B. 6 km/hr
Page 16
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
C. 8 km/hr
D. Data inadequate
ANSWER : Option B 6 km/hr
SOLUTION :
Rate downstream = (16/2)kmph = 8 kmph.
Rate upstream = (16/4)kmph = 4 kmph.
Speed in still water = 1/2(8 + 4) kmph = 6 kmph.
Q.43 The speed of a boat in still water in 15 km/hr and the rate of current is 3 km/hr. The
distance travelled downstream in 12 minutes is:
A. 1.2 km
B. 1.8 km
C. 2.4 km
D. 3.6 km
ANSWER : Option D 3.6 km
SOLUTION :
Speed downstream = (15 + 3) kmph = 18 kmph.
Distance travelled = (18 x 12/60) km = 3.6 km
Q.44 A train 100 m long is running at the speed of 30 km / hr. Find the time taken by
it to pass a man standing near the railway line. (S.S.C. 2001

A. 10 sec.
B. 12 sec.
C. 14 sec.
D. 16 sec.
SOLUTION :
Speed of the train = (30 x 5/18_) m / sec = (25/3) m/ sec.
Distance moved in passing the standing man = 100 m.
Required time taken = 100/(25/3) = (100 *(3/25)) sec = 12 sec
Q.45 A train is moving at a speed of 132 km/br. If the length of the train is110 metres, how
long will it take to cross a railway platform 165 metres long?(Bank P.O.2004)
A. 7.5 sec.
B. 8 sec
C. 8.5 sec.
D. 9 sec.
ANSWER : Option A 7.5 sec
SOLUTION :
Speed of train = 132 *(5/18) m/sec = 110/3 m/sec.
Distance covered in passing the platform = (110 + 165) m = 275 m.
Page 17
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Time taken =275 *(3/110) sec =15/2 sec = 7 Â 1/2 sec
Q.46 A man is standing on a railway bridge which is 180 m long. He finds that a
train crosses the bridge in 20 seconds but himself in 8 seconds. Find the length of thetrain
and its speed? (SASKEN 2003)

A. 37 km.
B. 45 km
C. 54 km
D. 61 km
ANSWER : Option C 54 km
SOLUTION :
Let the length of the train be x metres,
Then, the train covers x metres in 8 seconds and (x + 180) metres in 20 sec
x/8=(x+180)/20
20x = 8 (x + 180)
x = 120.
Length of the train = 120 m.
Speed of the train = (120/8) m / sec
= (15 *18/5) kmph
= 54 km
Q.47 A train 150 m long is running with a speed of 68 km/h. In what time will it pass aman
who is running at 8 km/h in the same direction in which the train is going?(WIPRO 2008)
A. 8 sec.
B. 9 sec.
C. 10 sec.
D. 11 sec.
SOLUTION :
Speed of the train relative to man = (68 - 8) kmph
= (60* 5/18) m/sec = (50/3)m/sec
Time taken by the train to cross the man I
= Time taken by It to cover 150 m at 50/3 m / sec
= 150 *3/ 50 sec = 9sec.
Q.48 A train 220 m long is running with a speed of 59 km/h. In what will-it pass a man who
is running at 7 km/h in the direction opposite to that in which the train's going?
A. 12 sec.
B. 14 sec.
C. 16 sec.
D. 18 sec.
ANSWER : Option A 12 sec.
Page 18
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Speed of the train relative to man = (59 + 7) kmph
= 66 *5/18 m/sec = 55/3 m/sec.
Time taken by the train to cross the man = Time taken by it to cover 220 m at (55/3) m / sec
= (220 *3/55) sec = 12 sec
Q.49 A train 100 meters long takes 6 seconds to cross a man walking at 5 km/h in the
direction opposite to that of the train. Find the speed of the train

A. 47 km/hr.
B. 49 km/hr.
C. 53 km/hr.
D. 55 km/hr.
ANSWER : Option D 55 km/hr.
SOLUTION :
Let the speed of the train be x kmph.
Speed of the train relative to man = (x + 5) kmph = (x + 5) *5/18 m/sec.
100/((x+5)*5/18)=6
30 (x + 5) = 1800
x = 55 km/hr.
Q.50 A train running at 54 km/h takes 20 seconds to pass a platform. Next it takes.12 sector
pass a man walking at 6 km/h in the same direction in which the train is going. Find the
length of the train and the length of the platform. (CAT 2006)
A. 140 m
B. 150 m
C. 145 m
D. 155 m
SOLUTION :
Let the length of train be x metres
and length of platform be y metres.
Speed of the train relative to man = (54 - 6) kmph = 48 kmph
= 48*(5/18) m/sec = 40/3 m/sec.
In passing a man, the train covers its own length with relative speed.
Length of train (x) = (Relative speed * Time) = ( 40/3)*12 m = 160 m.
Also, speed of the train = 54 *(5/18)m / sec = 15 m / sec.
(x+y)/15 = 20
x + y = 300
Y = (300 - 160) m = 140 m.
Q.51 A man sitting in a train which is traveling at 50 km/h observes that a goods
train,traveling in opposite direction, takes 9 seconds to pass him. If the goods train is 280 m
long,find its speed.?
Page 19
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m

A. 57 km/hr.
B. 62 km/hr.
C. 67 km/hr
D. 72 km/hr
ANSWER : Option B 62 km/hr.
SOLUTION :
Relative speed = 280/9 m / sec = ((280/9)*(18/5)) km/h = 112 km/h.
Speed of goods train = (112 - 50) km/h = 62 km/h.
Q.52 A train X speeding with 120 km/h crosses another train Y, running in the same
direction, in 2 minutes. If the lengths of the trains X and Y be 100 m and 200 m respectively,
what is the speed of train Y?
A. 109 km/hr.
B. 113 km/hr
C. 117 km/hr.
D. 111 km/hr.
ANSWER : Option D 111 km/hr.
SOLUTION :
And the speed of train x relative to y
= (120-x )5/18 m/sec.
= (600-5x)/18 m/sec.
300/(600-5x)/18 = 120 5400 = 120(600-5x)
x = 111 km/hr.
Q.53 A train 800 meters long is running at a speed of 78 km/hr. If it crosses a tunnel in 1
minute, then the length of the tunnel (in meters) is
A. 500
B. 525
C. 550
D. 600
ANSWER : Option A 500
SOLUTION :
Speed =(78x5/18)m/sec. = 65/3 m/sec.
Let length of the tunnel is x mtr.
Then, (800+x)/60 sec. = 65/3
3(800+x) = 3900
2400 + 3x = 3900
X = 500
Q.54 If 12 man can finish a piece of work in 36 days in how many days 18 men can finish
the same work?
A. 30
Page 20
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
B. 26
C. 24
D. 21
ANSWER : Option C 24
SOLUTION :
12 men can finish a work in 36 days.
18 men can finish the work in = (12/18)x36=24
Q.55 Two pipes can fill a tank in 20 and 24 minutes respectively and a waste pipe can
empty 3 gallons per minute. All the three pipes working together can fill the tank in 15
minutes. The capacity of the tank in gallons is.
A. 100
B. 115
C. 120
D. 125
SOLUTION :
Work done by the waste pipe in 1 minute
1/15 âEUR" (1/20 + 1/24)
1/15 âEUR" 11/120 = -1/40
Volume of 1/14 part = 3 gallons.
Therefore, Volume of whole =(3~A-40)gallons = 120 gallons.
Q.56 A man can do a piece of work in 5 days, but with the help pf his son, he can do it in 3
days. In what time can the son do it alone?
A. 7 days
B. 7.5 days
C. 8 days
D. 8.5 days
ANSWER : Option B 7.5 days
SOLUTION :
Son's 1 day's work = (1/3-1/5)
= 2/15.
The son alone can do the work in = 15/2 = 7.5 days
Q.57 A can do a work in 15 days and B in 20 days. If they work on it together for 4 days,
then the fraction of the work that is left is :
A. 1/5
B. 1/15
C. 6/15
D. 8/15
ANSWER : Option D 8/15
Page 21
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
A's 1 day's work = 1/15;
B's 1 day's work = 1/20;
(A + B)'s 1 day's work = (1/15 + 1/20) = 7/60.
(A + B)'s 4 day's work = 7/60x4 =7/15.
Therefore, Remaining work = (1-7/15) = 8/15.
Q.58 A is thrice as good a workman as B and therefore is able to finish a job in 60 days less
than B. Working together, they can do it in:
A. 21.5 days
B. 22 days
C. 22.5 days
D. 23 days
ANSWER : Option C 22.5 days
SOLUTION :
Ratio of times taken by A and B = 1 : 3.
If difference of time is 2 days, B takes 3 days.
If difference of time is 60 days, B takes = 3/2x60 = 90 days.
So, A takes 30 days to do the work.
A's 1 day's work = 1/30 ; B's 1 day's work = 1/90;
(A + B)'s 1 day's work = (1/30+1/90) = 4/90= 2/45.
Therefore, A and B together can do the work in 45/2 = 22.5 days.
Q.59 39 persons can repair a road in 12 days, working 5 hours a day. In how many days will
30 persons, working 6 hours a day, complete the work?
A. 14
B. 12
C. 17
D. 13
SOLUTION :
Let's calculate how much time it takes to repair the road if just 1 person were working on it.
5 hours a day for 12 days makes it 60 hours per person.
39 people working 60 hours each makes it 39~A-60=2340 hours in total.
Now we have 30 people working 6 hours a day
That means 30~A-6=180 hours are spent each day.
We need a total of 2340 hours.
With 180 hours every day,
that's going to take 2340/180 = 13 days to complete...
Or
you could just do it in one step... :-
39~A-12~A-5 = 30~A-X~A-6
2340 = 180X
X = 2340/180
Page 22
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
X = 13.
Q.60 Sakshi can do a piece of work in 20 days. Tanya is 25% more efficient than Sakshi.
The number of days taken by tanya to do the same piece of work is
A. 15
B. 16
C. 17
D. 18
SOLUTION :
Ratio of times taken by Sakshi and Tanya = 125:100 = 5:4
Suppose Tanya takes x days to do the work. = 5 : 4 ::20 : X
X = 4~A-20/5
X = 16 days.
Q.61 A piece of work can be done by 6 men and 5 women in 6 days or 3 men and 4 women
in 10 days. It can be done by 9 men and 15 women in :
[Assistant Grade]
A. 4
B. 1
C. 2
D. 3
ANSWER : Option D 3
SOLUTION :
Let 1 mans 1 days work = x and 1 womans 1 days work = y.
Then, 6x+5y = 1/6 , 3x+4y = 1/10
On solving, we get x = 1/54 and y = 1/90
(9 men + 15 women)s 1 days work = (9/54) + (15/90) = 1/3
They will finish the work in 3 days.
Q.62 A and B can complete a work in 12 days. B and C can complete the same work in 18
days. C and A can complete in 24 days. How many days will take for A, B and C combined
together to complete the same amount of work?
A. 11
B. 11(1/2)
C. 11(1/3)
D. 12
ANSWER : Option C 11(1/3)
SOLUTION :
A and B can complete the work in 12 days.
(A+B) Can complete(1/12) part of the work in 1 day
(B+C) can complete (1/18) part of the work in 1 day
(A+C) can complete (1/24) part of the work in 1 day
Page 23
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
By adding the three equations, we get,
(A+B) + (B+C) + (A+C) = 1/12+1/18+1/24
2A+2B+2C = (6+4+3)/72
2(A+B+C)=13/72
(A+B+C) can complete 13/144 part of the work in 1 day
Therefore (A+B+C) can together complete the work in 144/13 days
That is 11(1/3) days
Q.63 A and B together can do a piece of work in 30 days. A having worked for 16 days, B
finishes the remaining work alone in 44 days. In how many days shall B finish the whole
work alone?
A. 40
B. 60
C. 55
D. 75
SOLUTION :
Let A's 1 day's work = x and B's 1 day's work = y.
Then, x + y = 1/30 and 16x + 44y = 1.
Solving these two equations, we get: x = 1/60 & y = 1/60
B's 1 day's work = 1/60
Hence, A alone shall finish the whole work in 60 days.
Q.64 A can lay railway track between two given stations in 16 days and B can do the same
job in 12 days. With help of C, they did the job in 4 days only. Then, C alone can do the job
in:
A. 9(1/5)
B. 9(2/5
C. 9(3/5)
D. 9(4/5)
ANSWER : Option C 9(3/5)
SOLUTION :
(A + B + C)'s 1 day's work = 1/4,
A's 1 day's work = 1/16,
B's 1 day's work = 1/12,
C's 1 day's work = 1/4 âEUR" (1/16 + 1/12)
= 1/4 âEUR" 7/48 = 5/48.
So, C alone can do the work in 48/5 = 9(3/5)days.
Q.65 Water flows into a reservoir which is 200 m long and 150 m wide, through a pipe of
cross-section (0.3m X 0.2m) at 20km/h. In what time will the water level be 8?
A. 150 hr.
B. 170 hr.
C. 185 hr.
Page 24
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. 200 hr.
ANSWER : Option D 200 hr.
SOLUTION :
Volume of water collected in the tank in 1 hour
0.3Ã?0.2Ã?20Ã?1000=1200 m cubic
If after t hours, the water is at height of 8m,
1200t=200Ã?150Ã?8
t = 200 Hours.
Q.66 A man can do a job in 15 days. His father takes 20 days and his son finishes it in 25
days. How long will they take to complete the job if they all work together?
A. 6 days
B. 6.4 days
C. 6.8 days
D. 7 days
ANSWER : Option B 6.4 days
SOLUTION :
1 day's work of the three persons= (1/15+1/20+1/25)
= 47/300.
So, all the three together will complete the work in = 300/47
= 6.4 days.
Q.67 A and B can dO a Piece of work in 5 days ;B and c can do it in 7 day; A and C can do
it in 4 days. Who among these will take the least time if put to do it alone? . [Hotel
Managemen]
A. A
B. C
C. B
D. Data inadequate
ANSWER : Option A A
SOLUTION :
(A+B)s 1 days work = 1/4
and (A+C)âEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/4
2(A+B+C)s 1 days work = (1/5 + 1/7 + 1/4) = 83/140
(A+B+C)s 1 days work = 83/280
Cs 1 days work = (83/280 - 1/5) = 27/280
As 1 days work = (83/280 - 1/7) = 43/280
Bs 1 days work = (83/280 - 1/4) = 13/280
Thus time taken by A, B, C is 280/43 days, 280/13 days, 280/27 days respectively.
Clearly, the time taken by A is least.
Q.68 A and B together can complete a work in 12 days. A alone can complete it in 20 days.
If B does the work only for half a day daily, then in how many days A and B together will
Page 25
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
complete the work?
A. 11 days
B. 13 days
C. 15 days
D. 17 days
ANSWER : Option C 15 days
SOLUTION :
B's 1 day's work = (1/12 - 1/20) = 2/60 = 1/30
Now, (A + B)'s 1 day's work = (1/20+1/60) = 4/60 = 1/15.
[B works for half day only]
So, A and B together will complete the work in 15 days.
Q.69 A, B and C can do a piece of work in 20, 30 and 60 days respectively. In how many
days can A do the work if he is assisted by B and C on every third day?
A. 11 days
B. 15 days
C. 17 days
D. 19 days
ANSWER : Option B 15 days
SOLUTION :
A's 2 day's work = 1/20x2 =1/10
(A + B + C)'s 1 day's work = (1/20 + 1/30 + 1/60)
= 6/60 = 1/10
Work done in 3 days = (1/10 +1/10) = 1/5
Now, 1/5 work is done in 3 days.
Therefore, Whole work will be done in (3 x 5) = 15 days.
Q.70 12 men can complete a work in 18 days. Six days after they started working, 4 men
joined them. How many days will all of them take to finish the remaining work? (Central
Excise & I. Tax 1993)
A. 9
B. 10
C. 11
D. 12
ANSWER : Option A 9
SOLUTION :
(12 * 18) men can complete the work in 1 day.
1 mans 1 days work = 1/216
12 menâEURTMs 6 days work = (1/18)*6 = 1/3
remaining work = 1 - (1/3) = 2/3
16 mens 1 days work = 16/216 = 2/27
2/27 work is done by them in 1 day.
2/3 work is done by them in (27/2)*(2/3) = 9 days.
Page 26
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.71 A takes twice as much time as B or thrice as much time as C to finish a piece of work.
Working together, they can finish the work in 2 days. B can do the work alone in:
A. 4
B. 6
C. 8
D. 12
ANSWER : Option B 6
SOLUTION :
Suppose A, B and C take x, x/2, & x/3 hours respectively to finish the work.
Then, (1/x + 2/x + 3/x) = 1/2
6/x = 1/2
X = 12
So, B takes 6 hours to finish the work.
Q.72 A alone can do a piece of work in 6 days and B alone in 8 days. A and B undertook to
do it for Rs. 3200. With the help of C, they completed the work in 3 days. How much is to be
paid to C?
A. 400
B. 550
C. 600
D. 725
SOLUTION :
C's 1 day's work = 1/3 âEUR" (1/6 + 1/8) = 1/3 âEUR" 7/24 = 1/24.
A's wages : B's wages : C's wages = 1/6 : 1/8 : 1/24 = 4 : 3 : 1
C's share (for 3 days) = Rs. (3 x 1/24 x 3200)
Rs. = 400.
Q.73 A work is done by three person A,B and C. A alone takes 10 hours to complete a
single product but B and C working together takes 4 hours, for the completion of the same
product. If all of them worked together and completed 14 products, then how many hours
have they worked?
A. 30
B. 38
C. 40
D. 47
SOLUTION :
1/A = 10 & 1/B + 1/C = 1/4
1/A + 1/B + 1/C = 1/4 + 1/10 = 7/20
In 20 hours, working together they will complete 7 products.
Thus in 40 hours they will complete 14 products
Page 27
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.74 A tyre has punctures. The first puncture alone would have made the tyre flat in 9
minutes and the second alone would have done it in 6 minutes. If air leaks out at a constant
rate, how long does it take both the punctures together to make it flat?
A. 4.5 min.
B. 5.7min
C. 3.6 min.
D. 2.9 min.
ANSWER : Option C 3.6 min.
SOLUTION :
1 minute's work of both the punctures = (1/9+1/6) = 5/18
So, both the punctures will make the tyre flat in = 18/5 = 3.6 min.
Q.75 A father can do. a job as fast as his two sons working together. If one son does the job
in 3 hours and the other in 6 hours, how many hours does it take the father to do the
jobâEURTM? ssistant Grade 1994]
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
ANSWER : Option B 2
SOLUTION :
Fathers 1 hours work= (1/3) + (1/6) = 1/2
Time taken by father to complete the work = 2 hours.
Q.76 A completes a work in 12 days and B complete the same work in 24 days. If both of
them work together, then the number of days required to complete the work will be
A. 8
B. 6
C. 7
D. 5
ANSWER : Option A 8
SOLUTION :
If A can complete a work in x days and B can complete the same work in y days,
then, both of them together can complete the work in x y/ x+ y days.
Therefore, here, the required number of days = 12 ~A- 24/ 36 = 8 days.
Q.77 39 men can repair a road in 12 days working 5 hours a day. In how many days will 30
men working 6 hours peer day complete the work?

A. 10
Page 28
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
B. 13
C. 14
D. 15
SOLUTION :
1 work done = 39 ~A- 12 ~A- 5
39 ~A- 12 ~A- 5 = 30 ~A- 6 ~A- ?days
? days = 39 ~A- 12 ~A- 5/ 30 ~A- 6 = 13 days.
Q.78 A and B together can plough a field in 10 hours but by himself A requires 15 hours.
How long would B take to plough the same field
A. 10
B. 20
C. 30
D. 40
SOLUTION :
If A and B together can do a piece of work in x days and A alone can do the same work in y
days, then B alone can do the same work in x y/ y âEUR" x days.
Therefore, the No. of hours required by B = 10 ~A- 15/ 15 âEUR" 10 = 150/5 = 30 hours.
Q.79 A group of workers accepted to do a piece of work in 25 days. If 6 of them did not turn
for the work and the remaining workers did the work in 40 days, then the original number of
workers was
A. 22
B. 20
C. 18
D. 16
SOLUTION :
Let the original number of workers be âEUR~xâEURTM
Then, x ~A- 25 = (x âEUR" 6) ~A- 40
25x = 40x -240
240 = 40x -25x
Q.80 A can do a work in 4 days, B can do it in 5 days and C can do it in 10 days. A, B and C
together can do the work in
A. 1 (3/5) days
B. 1 (9/11) days
C. (5/6) days
D. 3 days
Page 29
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
ANSWER : Option B 1 (9/11) days
SOLUTION :
When A, B and C can do a work in x, y and z days respectively. Then, the three of them
together can finish the work in xyz/ x y + y z + x z days
That is, A, B and C together can do the work in 4 ~A- 5 ~A- 10/ 20 + 50 + 40
= 4 ~A- 5 ~A- 10/110 = 20/11 = 1 9/11 days
Q.81 3 men or 5 women can do a work in 12 days. How long will 6 men and 5 women take
to finish the work?
A. 4 days
B. 10 days
C. 15 days
D. 20 days
ANSWER : Option A 4 days
SOLUTION :
3 men = 5 women
1 woman = 3/5 men
So, 5 women = 3/5 ~A- 5 = 3 men
6 men and 5 women = 6 + 3 = 9 men
1 work done = 3 men ~A- 12 days
3 ~A- 12 = 9 ~A- x days
x days = 3 ~A- 12/9 = 4 days.
Q.82 Kamal can do a work in 15 days. Bimal is 50% more efficient than Kamal. The number
of days, Bimal will take to do the same piece of work,
A. 9
B. 10
C. 12
D. 14
SOLUTION :
KamalâEURTMs 15 days is 150% of No. days taken by Bimal to finish the job.
Therefore, the No. of days taken by Bimal = 15/150 ~A- 100 = 10 days.
Q.83 Ram and Shyam together can finish a job in 8 days. Ram can do the same job on his
own in 12 days. How long will Shyam take to do the job by himself?
A. 16 days
B. 20 days
C. 24 days
D. 30 days
SOLUTION :
Page 30
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
If A and B together can do a piece of work in x days and A alone can do the same work in y
days, then B alone can do the same work in x y/ y âEUR" x days.
Therefore, the No. of days Shyam take to finish the job alone = 8 ~A- 12/12 âEUR" 8
= 8 ~A- 12/4 = 24 days.
Q.84 The rates of working of A and B are in the ratio 3 : 4. The number of days taken by
them to finish the work are in the ratio:
A. 3 : 4
B. 9 : 16
C. 4 : 3
D. 3 : 2
SOLUTION :
The No. of days taken by them = inverse ratio = 4 : 3.
Q.85 A certain number of men complete a piece of work in 60 days. If there were 8 men
more, the work could be finished in 10 days less. How many men were originally there?
A. 30
B. 40
C. 32
D. 36
SOLUTION :
Let âEUR~xâEURTM be the original number of men
Then 1 work done = x ~A- 60
Then, 60x = (x + 8) 50
60x = 50x + 400
10 x = 400
x = 40.
Q.86 A does half as much work as B in three- fourth of the time. If together they take 18
days to complete the work, how much time shall B take to do it?
A. 30 days
B. 35 days
C. 40 days
D. 42 days
SOLUTION :
Let â??xâ?? be the number of days taken by B alone to finish the whole work
Then, A alone will finish the whole work in 3x/4 Ã? 2 days = 3x/2 days.
Then, working together,
3x/2 Ã? x/3x/2 + x = 18 days
3x Ã? x/5x = 18
Page 31
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
3x/5 = 18
Therefore, the number of days taken by B = x = 18 Ã? 5/3 = 30 days.
Q.87 A and B can finish a piece of work in 12 days and 18 days respectively. A begins to do
the work and they work alternately one at a time for one day each. The whole work will be
completed in
A. 14 1/3 days
B. 15 2/3 days
C. 16 1/3 days
D. 18 2/3 days
ANSWER : Option A 14 1/3 days
SOLUTION :
Both of them together can finish the work (daily working) in
12 ~A- 18/30 days = 36/5
= 7 (1/5) days.
By working in alternate days, their 2 dayâEURTMs work = 5/36
Their, 14 dayâEURTMs work (because they take more than double of 7 days) = 5/36 ~A- 7
= 35/36
Remaining work = 1 âEUR" 35/36 = 1/36
Because A started the work, the remaining work is finished by A
AâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/12
Therefore, the No. of days taken by A to finish 1/36 work = 1/36/1/12 = 1/3 days.
Therefore, the total work is completed in 14 + 1/3 = 14 1/3 days.
Q.88 A can do a piece of work in 14 days which B alone can do in 21 days. They begin
together but 3 days before the completion of the work, A leaves off. The total number of
days for the work to be completed is
A. 6 3/5 days
B. 8 Â 1/2 days
C. 10 1/5 days
D. 13 Â 1/2 days
ANSWER : Option C 10 1/5 days
SOLUTION :
BâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/21
BâEURTMs 3 dayâEURTMs work = 1/21 ~A-3 = 1/7
The remaining work finished by both of them = 1 âEUR" 1/7 = 6/7
Both together can finish it in 14 ~A- 21/35 days = 42/5 days
Their, 1 dayâEURTMs work = 5/42
Therefore, the No. of days taken by them together to finish 6/7 work
= 6/7/5/42 = 6/7 ~A- 42/5 = 36/5 = 7 1/5 days
Therefore,
the total No. of days for the work to be completed = 3 + 7 1/5 = 10 1/5 days.
Page 32
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.89 A and B can finish a piece of work in 30 days. They worked at it for 20 days and then
B left. The remaining work was done by A alone in 20 more days. A alone can finish the
work in
A. 48 days
B. 50 days
C. 54 days
D. 60 days
ANSWER : Option D 60 days
SOLUTION :
(A + B)âEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/30
Their 20dayâEURTMs work = 1/30 ~A- 20 = 2/3
Remaining 1/3 work is done by A in 20 days
Therefore, A alone can finish the work in 3 ~A- 20 = 60 days.
Q.90 9 children can complete a piece of work in 360 days; 18 men can complete the same
piece of work in 72 days and 12 women can complete it in 162 days. In how many days can
4 men, 12 women and 10 children together complete the piece of work?
A. 68 days
B. 81 days
C. 96 days
D. 124 days
SOLUTION :
1 childâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/360 ~A-9 = 1/3240
10 childrenâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/324
1 manâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/72 ~A- 18 = 1/1296
4 menâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1 ~A-4/1296 = 1/324
12 womenâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/162 given
Then,
(4 men+12 women+10 children)âEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/324 + 1/162 + 1/324
= 1/324 + 2/324 + 1/324
= 4/324 = 1/81
Therefore, the required No. of days = 81 days.
Q.91 9 men working 7 hours a day can complete a piece of work in 15 days. How many
days can 6 men working for 9 hours a day, complete the same piece of work?
A. 15 Â 3/4 days
B. 16 days
C. 16 Â 3/4 days
D. 17 Â 1/2 days
ANSWER : Option D 17 Â 1/2 days
SOLUTION :
1 work done = 9 ~A- 7 ~A- 15
Page 33
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
9 ~A- 7 ~A- 15 = 6 ~A- 9 ~A- ?days
? days = 9 ~A- 7 ~A- 15/6 ~A- 9
= 35/2 = 17 Â 1/2 days.
Q.92 A man, a woman and a boy can together complete a piece of work in 3 days. If a man
alone can do it in 6 days and a boy alone in 18 days, how long will a woman take to
complete the work?
A. 9 days
B. 21 days
C. 24 days
D. 27 days
SOLUTION :
(1 Man + 1 woman + 1 boy)âEURTMs 1dayâEURTMs work = 1/3
1 manâEURTMs 1 day work = 1/6
1boyâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/18
(1 Man + 1 boy) âEUR~s 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/6 + 1/18 = 2/9
Therefore, 1 womanâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/3 âEUR" 2/9 = 3-2/9 = 1/9
Therefore, the woman alone can finish the work in 9 days.
Q.93 8 men can do a piece of work in 12 days. 4 women can do it in 48 days and 10
children can do it in 24 days. In how many days can 10 men, 4 women and 10 children
together complete the piece of work?
A. 5 days
B. 15 days
C. 28 days
D. 6 days
SOLUTION :
1 manâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/8 ~A- 12 = 1/96
10 menâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1 ~A- 10/96 = 5/48
1 womanâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/192
4 womenâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/192 ~A- 4 = 1/48
1 childâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/240
10 childrenâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/24
Therefore,
(10 men + 4 women + 10 children)âEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 5/48 + 1/48 + 1/24
= 8/48 =1/6
The required No. of days = 6 days.
Q.94 8 men can dig a pit in 20 days. If a man works half as much again a s a boy, then 4
men and 9 boys can dig a similar pit in
A. 10 days
B. 12 days
Page 34
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
C. 15 days
D. 16 days
SOLUTION :
1 work done = 8 ~A- 20
1 man = 3/2 Boys
1 boy = 2/3 men
Then, 9 boys = 9 ~A- 2/3 men = 6 men
Then, 4 men + 9 boys = 10 men
Then, 8 ~A- 20 = 10 ~A- ?days
days = 8 ~A- 20/10 = 16 days.
Q.95 A man and a boy complete a work together in 24 days. If for the last 6 days man alone
does the work then it is completed in 26 days. How long the boy will take to complete the
work alone?
A. 72 days
B. 20 days
C. 24 days
D. 36 days
SOLUTION :
(man + boy)âEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/24
Their 20 dayâEURTMs work = 1/24 ~A- 20 = 5/6
The remaining 1/6 work is done by the man in 6days
Therefore, the man alone will finish the work in 6 ~A- 6 days = 36 days
ManâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/36
Therefore, boyâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/24 âEUR" 1/36 = 3 âEUR" 2 /72 =
1/72
Therefore, the Boy alone will finish the work in 72 days.
Q.96 A, B and C completed a piece of work costing Rs.1800. A worked for 6 days, B for 4
days and C for 9 days. If their daily wages are in the ratio 5 : 6 : 4, how much amount will be
received by A?
A. Rs.800
B. Rs. 600
C. Rs.900
D. Rs.750
ANSWER : Option B Rs. 600
SOLUTION :
The new ratio = wages ratio ~A- No. of days
A = 5 ~A- 6 = 30
B = 6 ~A- 4 = 24
C = 4 ~A- 9 = 36
Page 35
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Therefore,
the ratio of the amount received = 30 : 24 : 36 = 5 : 4 :6
Total ratio = 15
1 unit of ratio = 1800/15 = Rs. 120
Therefore,
amount received by A = 5 units = 5 ~A- 120 = Rs.600.
Q.97 12 men take 36 days to do a work while 12 women complete 3/4th of the same work in
36 days. In how many days 10 men and 8 women together will complete the same work?
A. 6 days
B. 12 days
C. 27 days
D. Data inadequate
SOLUTION :
1 manâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/ 36 ~A- 12 = 1/432
10 menâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 10/432
12 women can finish the whole work in 4 ~A- 36/3 = 48 days
1 womanâEURTMs 1 days work = 1/ 48 ~A- 12 = 1/576
8 womenâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 8/572 = 1/72
(10 men + 8 women)âEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 10/432 + 1/72
= 10 + 6/432 = 16/432
= 1/27
Therefore, the required No. of days = 27 days.
Q.98 A is thrice as good a workman as B and therefore is able to finish a job in 60 days less
than B. working together, they can do it in
A. 20 days
B. 22 Â 1/2 days
C. 25 days
D. 30 days
ANSWER : Option B 22 Â 1/2 days
SOLUTION :
B = 3A
3A âEUR" A =60 days
A = 30days
Then, B = 90 days
(A + B) = 30 ~A- 90/ 120 = 45/2 = 22 Â 1/2 days
Q.99 A works twice as fast as B. if both of them can together finish a piece of work in 12
days, then B alone can do it in
A. 24 days
B. 27 days
C. 36 days
Page 36
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. 48 days
SOLUTION :
B = 2A
2A ~A- A/3A = 12
2A/3 = 12
A = 18 days
B = 2 ~A- 18 = 36 days
Therefore, B alone can finish the work in 36 days.
Q.100 A man, a woman and a boy can complete a job in 3 days, 4 days and 12 days
respectively. How many boys must assist 1 man and 1 woman to complete the job in 1/4th
of a day?
A. 10
B. 14
C. 19
D. 41
SOLUTION :
1 manâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/3, Â 1/4 dayâEURTMs work = 1/3 ~A- Â
1/4 = 1/12
1 womanâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = Â 1/4 , Â 1/4 dayâEURTMs work = Â
1/4 ~A- Â 1/4 = 1/16
1 boyâEURTMs 1 dayâEURTMs work = 1/12, Â 1/4 dayâEURTMs work = 1/12 ~A-
Â 1/4 = 1/48
Let âEUR~xâEURTM be the No. of boys required.
Then, (1man+ 1woman+xboy)âEURTMs Â 1/4 dayâEURTMs work (1/12+1/16+x)/48 =
1
(4 + 3 + x)/48 = 1
i.e. 7 + x= 48 and
x =41.
Q.101 A does 4/5th of a work in 20 days. He then calls in B and they together finish the
remaining work in 3 days. How long B alone would take to do the whole work?
A. 23 days
B. 37 days
C. 37^ Â 1/2 days
D. 40 days
ANSWER : Option C 37 Â 1/2 days
SOLUTION :
A can finish the whole work in 20 ~A- 5/4 days = 25 days
A and B together finish the whole work in 5 ~A- 3 days = 15 days
Therefore, B can finish the whole work in 25 B/ 25 + B = 15
Page 37
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
25 B = 15 (25+B)= 375 + 15B
10B = 375 and
B = 375/10 = 37^ Â 1/2 days.
Q.102 A can do 1/4th part of the work in 10 days, B can do 40% of the work in 40 days and
C can do 1/3rd of the work in 13 days. Who will complete the work first?
A. A
B. B
C. C
D. A and C both
ANSWER : Option C C
SOLUTION :
The whole work is done by A in 4 ~A- 10 = 40 days
B can do the whole work in 40/40 ~A- 100 days = 100 days
C can do the whole work in 3 ~A- 13 = 39 days.
Therefore, the 1st person to complete the work is C.
Q.103 A alone can finish a work in 10 days which B alone can finish in 15 days. If they work
together and finish it, then out of a total wages of Rs.3000, A will get:
A. Rs.1200
B. Rs.1500
C. Rs.1800
D. Rs.2000
ANSWER : Option C Rs.1800
SOLUTION :
Ratio of working days of A : B = 10 : 15
Therefore, their wages ratio = reverse ratio = 15 : 10
Therefore, A will get 15 units of ratio
Total ratio = 25
1 unit of ratio =3000/25 = 120
So, AâEURTMs amount = 120 ~A- 15 = Rs.1800.
Q.104 The present age of a father is 3 years more than three times
the age of his son. After three years hence, fathers age will be 10 years more than twice the
age of the son. Find the present age
of the father.

A. 33
B. 34
C. 35
D. 36
SOLUTION :
Page 38
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Let the present age be 'x' years.
Then father's present age is 3x+3 years.
Three years hence,
(3x+3)+3=2(x+3)+10
x=10
Hence, father's present age = 3x+3 = 33 years.
Q.105 Mr. James is three times as old as his son.Five years before, Mr.James was four
times as old as his son.Find the present ages of Mr. James and his son.
A. 39
B. 45
C. 50
D. 56
SOLUTION :
Let "x" be the present age of the son.
Then the age of Mr.James is 3x
Five years before, age of the son = (x-5) years.
Mr. James's age = 3x-5 years
Given, five years before, Mr.James's age is four times his son's age
Therefore 3x-5 = 4(x-5)
3x-5 = 4x-20
-5+20 = 4x-3x
15 = x
or x = 15
Hence, age of son = 15 years
age of Mr. James = 3(15)= 45 years
Q.106 One year ago Jaya was four times as old as her daughter Nikitha. After Six years
hence, Mrs.Jaya's age will exceed her daughter's age by 9 years. The ratio of the present
ages of Jaya and her daughter is :
A. 9 : 2
B. 11: 3
C. 12: 5
Page 39
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. 13: 4
ANSWER : Option D 13: 4
SOLUTION :
Let Nikitha's age 1 year ago = x
Then Jaya's age 1 year ago = 4 x
(4x+6)-(x+6)=9 or x = 3
Present age of Jaya = (12+1) years = 13 years
Present age of Nikitha = (3+1) years = 4 years
Ratio of their ages = 13 : 4
Q.107 Rabert's age after 15 years will be 5 times his age 5 years back. What is the present
age of Rajeev?
A. 22
B. 17
C. 10
D. 7
SOLUTION :
Let Rabert's present age be x years. Then,
Rabert's age after 15 years = (x + 15) years.
Rabert's age 5 years back = (x - 5) years.
x + 15 = 5 (x - 5) ? x + 15 = 5x - 25
4x = 40 x = 10.
Hence, RabertâEURTM present age = 10 years.
Q.108 Present ages of Sameer and Anand are in the ratio of 5 : 4 respectively. Three years
hence, the ratio of their ages will become 11 : 9 respectively. What is Anand's present age
in years ?
A. 16
B. 24
C. 38
D. 47
Page 40
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Let the present ages of sameer and anand be 5x years and 4x years respectively.
Then, 5x+3/4x+3=11/9
9(5x+3)=11(4x+3)
X = 6.
Anands's present age = 4x = 24 yrs.
Q.109 The ratio between the present ages of P and Q is 6 : 7. If Q is 4 years old than P.
What will be the ratio of the ages of P and Q after 4 years?
A. 7 : 8
B. 6 : 12
C. 9 : 12
D. 10 : 8
ANSWER : Option A 7 : 8
SOLUTION :
Let P's age and Q's age be 6x years and 7x years respectively
Then, 7x - 6x = 4, X= 4
Required ratio = (6x + 4) : (7x + 4) = 28 : 32 = 7 : 8
Q.110 Raju age after 15 years will be 5 times his age 5 years back, What is the present age
of Raju
A. 22
B. 17
C. 12
D. 10
SOLUTION :
x+15 = 5(x-5)
<=> 4x = 40 => x = 10
Q.111 Father is aged three times more than his son Ronit. After 8 years, he would be two
and a half times of Ronit's age. After further 8 years, how many times would he be of Ronit's
age?
A. 2 times
B. 2.5 times
C. 3 times
D. 4 times
ANSWER : Option A 2 times
SOLUTION :
Let Ronit's present age be x years. Then, father's present age =(x + 3x) years = 4x years.
(4x + 8) = 5/2(x + 8)
8x + 16 = 5x + 40
3x = 24
Page 41
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
X = 8
Hence, required ratio = (4x + 16)/(x + 16) = 48/24 = 2
Q.112 One year ago the ratio of Ramu&Sonu age was 6:7respectively.
Four years hence their ratio would become 7:8. How old is Sonu.

A. 24
B. 32
C. 36
D. 47
SOLUTION :
Let us assume Ramu&Sonu ages are x &y respectively.
One year ago their ratio was 6:7
i.e x-1 / y-1 = 7x-6y=1
Four years hence their ratios,would become 7:8
i.e x-4 / y-4 = 7 / 8
8x-7y=4
From the above two equations we get y= 36 years.
i.eSonu present age is 36 years.
Q.113 The total age of A &B is 12 years more than the total age of
B&C. C is how many year younger than A.

A. 11
B. 12
C. 13
D. 14
SOLUTION :
From the given data:A+B = 12+(B+C)
A+B-(B+C) = 12
A-C=12 years.
C is 12 years younger than A
Q.114 Sachin is younger than Rahul by 7 years. If the ratio of their ages is 7:9, find the age
of Sachin
A. 22.5
B. 25.5
C. 24.5
D. 23.5
ANSWER : Option C 24.5
SOLUTION :
Page 42
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
If Rahul age is x, then Sachin age is x-7,
so (x-7)/x = 7/9
=> 9x-63 = 7x
=> 2x = 63
=> x = 31.5
So Sachin age is 31.5 - 7 = 24.5
Q.115 The sum of ages of 5 children born at the intervals of 3 years each is 50
years. What is the age of the youngest child?
A. 4
B. 7
C. 9
D. 15
ANSWER : Option A 4
SOLUTION :
Let the ages of children be x, (x + 3), (x + 6), (x + 9) and (x + 12) years.
Then, x + (x + 3) + (x + 6) + (x + 9) + (x + 12) = 50
5x = 20
x = 4.
Age of the youngest child = x = 4 years.
Q.116 A father is twice as old as his son. 20 years ago the age of the father was 12 times
the age of the son. The present age of the father is :
A. 44 years
B. 32 years
C. 22 years
D. 45 years
ANSWER : Option A 44 years
SOLUTION :
Let son's age = x. Then, father's age = 2x.
12(x-20)=(2x-20), x=22
Father's present age = 44 years
Q.117 The ratio of the ages of Jaya and Ravi is 2:5. After 8 years, their ages will be in the
ratio of 1:2. The difference in their present ages is : ( in years )
A. 24
B. 26
C. 29
D. 32
SOLUTION :
Let Jaya's age = 2x or Ravi's age = 5x.
Page 43
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
= (5x+8), x = 8
Jaya's age = 16 years
Ravi's age = 40 years
Difference of their ages = 24 years
Q.118 The present age of a father is 3 years more than three times the age of his son.
Three years hence, fatherâEURTMs age will be 10 years more than twice the age of the
son. Find the present age of the father.
A. 24
B. 31
C. 33
D. 46
SOLUTION :
Let the sonâEURTMs present age be x years.
Then, fatherâEURTMs present age = (3x + 3) years.
? (3x + 3 + 3) = 2 (x + 3) + 10 ? 3x + 6 = 2x + 16 ? x = 10.
Hence,
fatherâEURTMs present age = (3x + 3)
= (3 * 10 + 3) years
= 33 years.
Q.119 The ratio between the present ages of P and Q is 5 : 7 respectively. If the difference
between Q's present age and P's age afler 6 years is 2, what is the total of P's and Q's
present ages ?
A. 44
B. 48
C. 52
D. 57
SOLUTION :
Let the present ages of P and Q be 5x years and 7x years respectively.
Then, 7x- (5x+6) = 2
2x = 8, x = 4
total of P's and Q's present ages = 5x + 7x
= 20 + 28 = 48 yrs.
Q.120 The Average age of a class of 22 students in 21 years. The average increases by 1
when the teacherâEURTMs age also included. What is the age of the teacher?
A. 39
B. 42
C. 44
D. 48
Page 44
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Avg x Number = Total
21 years x 22 nos = 462 years âEUR|âEUR|âEUR|.(1)
22 years x 23 nos = 506 years âEUR|âEUR|âEUR|.(2)
TeacherâEURTMs age = (2) - (1) = 506 âEUR" 462 = 44 Years
Q.121 The ratio of the age of a man & his wife is 4:3.After 4 years this
ratio will be 9:7. If the time of marriage the ratio was 5:3,
then how many years ago were they married.

A. 12
B. 15
C. 17
D. 20
SOLUTION :
The age of a man is 4x .
The age of his wife is 3x.
After 4 years their ratio's will be 9:7
i.e4x+4 /3x+4 = 9 / 7
28x-27x=36-28
x = 8.
Age of a man is 4x = 4*8 = 32 years.
Age of his wife is 3x = 3*8 = 24 years.
Let us assume 'y' years ago they were married ,
the ratio was 5:3 ,
i.e32-y /24-y = 5/ 3
y = 12 years
i.e 12 years ago they were married
Q.122 Sneh's age is 1/6th of her father's age.Sneh's father's age will
be twice the age of Vimal's age after 10 years. If Vimals8
birthday was celebrated two years before,then what is Sneh's
present age.

A. 6 2/3 years
B. 5 years
C. 3 years
D. None of the above
ANSWER : Option B 5 years
SOLUTION :
Assume Sneh's age is 'x' years.
Assume her fathers age is 'y' years.
Page 45
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Snehas age is 1/6 of her fathers age i.e x = y /6.
Fathers age will be twice of Vimal's age after 10years.
i.e y+10 = 2( V+10)( where 'V' is the Vimal's age)
Vimal's eight birthday was celebrated two years before,
Then theVimal's present age is 10 years.
Y+10 = 2(10+10)
Y=30 years.
Sneh's present age x = y/6
x = 30/6 = 5 years.
Sneh's present age is 5 years.
Q.123 Ages of two persons differ by 16 years. If 6 year ago, the elder one be 3 times as
old the younger one, find their present age
A. 14, 30
B. 16, 28
C. 18, 35
D. 22, 42
ANSWER : Option A 14, 30
SOLUTION :
Let the age of younger person is x,
Then elder person age is (x+16)
=> 3(x-6) = (x+16-6) [6 years before]
=> 3x-18 = x+10
=> x = 14.
So other person age is x + 16 = 30
Q.124 A father said to his son, "I was as old as you are at the present at the time of your
birth". If the father's age is 38 years now, the son's age five years back was:
A. 8
B. 6
C. 12
D. 14
SOLUTION :
Let the son's present age be x years. Then, (38 - x) = x
2x = 38.
x = 19.
Son's age 5 years back (19 - 5) = 14 years.
Page 46
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.125 The ages of Ravi Rani are in the ratio of 3:5. After 9 years, the ratio of their ages will
become 3:4. The present age of Rani is : (in years )
A. 9
B. 15
C. 18
D. 24
SOLUTION :
Let Ravi's age = 3x or Rani's age = 5x
Rani's age = 15 years
Q.126 The ratio of the ages of Meena and Meera is 4:3. The sum of their ages is 28 years.
The ratio of their ages after 8 years will be :
A. 4:3
B. 12:11
C. 7:4
D. 6:5
ANSWER : Option A 4:3
SOLUTION :
Let Meena's age = 4x or Meera's age = 3x. Then,
4x+3x=28, x = 4
Meena'sage = 16 years or Meera's age=12 years
Ratio = 16:12 = 4 : 3
Q.127 Peter got married 8 years ago. His present age is 6/5 times his age at the time of his
marriage. PeterâEURTMs sister was 10 years younger to him at the time of his marriage.
The age of PeerâEURTMs sister is:
A. 35
B. 38
C. 44
D. 52
SOLUTION :
Let PeterâEURTMs present age be x years. Then, his age at the time of marriage
= (x - 8) years.
-> x = 6/5 (x - 8) -> 5x = 6x - 48 -> x = 48.
Peter's sister's age at the time of his marriage = (x - 8) âEUR" 10
= (x - 18) = 30 years.
Peter's sisterâEURTMs present age = (30 + 8) years = 38 years.
Q.128 The age of a man is three times the sum of the ages of his two sons. Five years
Page 47
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
hence, his age will be double of the some of the ages of his sons. The fatherâEURTMs
present age is :
A. 26
B. 32
C. 39
D. 45
SOLUTION :
Let the sum of present ages of the two sons be x years.
Then, faherâEURTMs present age = 3x years.
(3x + 5) = 2 (x + 10) -> 3x + 5 = 2x + 20 -> x = 15.
Hence, fatherâEURTMs present age = 45 years.
Q.129 Eighteen years ago, a father was three times as old as his son. Now the father is
only twice as old as his son. Then the sum of the present ages of the son and the father is
A. 72
B. 84
C. 108
D. 128
SOLUTION :
Let the present ages of Father and Son be 2x years and x years respectively.
Then, (2x-18) = 3(x-18)
2x-18 = 3x-54
X = 36.
Required sum: = 2x + x =3x
= 3 x 36 = 108
Q.130 At present, the ratio between the ages of Arun and Deepak is 4 : 3. After 6 years,
ArunâEURTMs age will be 26 years. What is the age of Deepak at present
A. 9
B. 15
C. 27
D. 31
SOLUTION :
Let the present ages of Arun and Deepak be 4x years and 3x years respectively. Then,
->4x + 6 = 26
->4x = 20
->X = 5
Deepak's age = 3x = 15 years.
Q.131 A father is twice as old as his son. 20 years ago, the age of the father was 12 times
Page 48
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
the age of the son. The present age of the father (in years) is
A. 44
B. 57
C. 64
D. 79
SOLUTION :
Let son's age = x. Then father's age = 2x
->12 (x - 20) = (2x - 20)
->10x = 220
->X = 22
Father's present age = 44 years.
Q.132 The sum of the ages of a father and son is 45 years. Five years ago, the product of
their ages was four times the fathers age at that time. The present age of father and son
A. 36 & 12
B. 48 & 12
C. 36 & 9
D. 48 & 9
ANSWER : Option C 36 & 9
SOLUTION :
Let sons age = x years. Then fathers age = (45 - x)years.
(xâEUR"5)(45âEUR"xâEUR"5) = 4(45- x - 5)
hence (xâEUR"5) = 4 so x = 9
Their ages are 36 yrs and 9 yrs.
Q.133 The present ages of three persons in proportions 4 : 7 : 9. Eight years ago, the sum
of their ages was 56. Find their present ages (in years).
A. 16, 28, 36
B. 16, 32, 38
C. 16, 34, 42
D. 18, 28, 40
ANSWER : Option A 16, 28, 36
SOLUTION :
Let their present ages be 4x, 7x and 9x years respectively.
Then, (4x - 8) + (7x - 8) + (9x - 8) = 56
2x = 80
X = 4
Their present ages are 4x = 16 years, 7x = 28 years and 9x = 36 years
respectively.
Q.134 Ayesha's father was 38 years of age when she was born while her mother was 36
years old when her brother four years younger to her was born. What is the difference
Page 49
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
between the ages of her parents?
A. 3
B. 4
C. 6
D. 8
ANSWER : Option C 6
SOLUTION :
Mother's age when Ayesha's brother was born = 36 years.
Father's age when Ayesha's brother was born = (38 + 4) years = 42 years.
Required difference = (42 - 36) years = 6 years.
Q.135 A person's present age is two-fifth of the age of his mother. After 8 years, he will be
one-half of the age of his mother. How old is the mother at present
A. 40
B. 45
C. 49
D. 56
SOLUTION :
Let the mother's present age be x years.
Then, the person's present age = (2/5 x) years.
-> (2/5 x + 8/2) = 1 (x + 8)
->2(2x + 40) = 5(x + 8)
->x = 40 years.
Q.136 The ages of A, B and C together total 185 years. B is twice as old as A and C is !7
years older than A. Then, the respective ages of A, B and C are
A. 42, 65, 44
B. 42, 84, 59
C. 44, 85, 62
D. 51, 74, 55
ANSWER : Option B 42, 84, 59
SOLUTION :
Let A's age be x years
B's age be 2x years
C's age = (x + 17) years
Page 50
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
According to the question,
x + 2x + (x + 17) = 185
4x = 185 - 17 = 168
-> x = 42
A's age = 42 Years
B's age = 84 Years
C's age = 42 + 17 = 59 years.
Q.137 Rajan got married 8 years ago. His present age is 6 / 5 times his age at the time of
his marriage. Rajan's sister was 10 years younger to him at the time of his marriage. The
age of Rajan's sister is
A. 38
B. 39
C. 42
D. 45
SOLUTION :
Let Rajan's present age be x years.
Then, his age at the time of marriage = (x âEUR" 8)
x= 6/5(x-6)
5x = 6x-48, x = 48
Rajan's sister's age at the time of his marriage = (x-8)-10 = 48 - 18 = 30
Rajan's sister's present age = 30 + 8 = 38 years.
Q.138 One year age, Promila was four times as old as her daughter Jenilia. Six years
hence, Promilas age will exceed her daughterâEURTMs age by 9 years. The ratio of the
present ages of Promila and her daughter is :
A. 12:5
B. 12:6
C. 13:4
D. 13:5
ANSWER : Option C
SOLUTION :
Let the ages of Promila and Jenilia 1 yr ago be 4x and x yrs resp.
Then, [(4x + 1) + 6] - [(x + 1) + 6] = 9 -> 3x = 9 <-> x = 3.
-> Required ratio = (4x + 1) : (x + 1) = 13:4.
Q.139 The sum of the ages of a son and father is 56 years. After 4 years, the age of the
father will be three times that of the son. Their ages respectively are:
Page 51
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
A. 12 years, 44 years
B. 16 years, 42 years
C. 16 years, 48 years
D. 18 years, 36 years
ANSWER : Option A 12 years, 44 years
SOLUTION :
Let the present ages of son and father be x yearsand (56-x) years respectively.
Then, (56-x+4) = 3(x+4)
or 4x = 48 or x = 12
So their ages are 12 years, 44 years respectively.
Q.140 The sum of the ages of a mother and daughter is 50 years. Also, 5 years ago, the
mother's age was 7 times the age of the daughter. The present ages of the mother and
daughter respectively are :
D. 42 years, 8 years
ANSWER : Option C 40 years, 10 years
SOLUTION :
Let the daughter's present age be x years. Then, mother's present age = (50-x) years.
Now, 7(x-5)=(50-x-5) or x = 10
So, their present ages are 40 years and 10 years.
Q.141 If 6 years are subtracted from the present age of Gagan and
the remainder is divided by 18,then the present age of his
grandson Anup is obtained. If Anup is 2 years younger to Madan
whose age is 5 years,then what is Gagan's present age.

A. 48 years
B. 60 years
C. 84 years
D. 65 years
ANSWER : Option B 60 years
SOLUTION :
Let us assume Gagan present age is 'x' years.
Anup age = 5-2 = 3 years.
(x-6) /18 = 3
x-6 = 54
x = 60 years
Q.142 My brother is 3 years elder to me. My father was 28 years of
age when my sister was born while my father was 26 years of age
Page 52
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
when i was born. If my sister was 4 years of age when my brother
was born, then what was the age my father and mother respectively
when my brother was born.

A. 32 yrs, 23yrs
B. 32 yrs, 29yrs
C. 35 yrs,29yrs
D. 35yrs,33 yrs
ANSWER : Option A 32 yrs, 23yrs
SOLUTION :
My brother was born 3 years before I was born & 4
years after my sister was born.
Father's age when brother was born = 28+4 = 32 years.
Mother's age when brother was born = 26-3 = 23 years.
Q.143 The age of father 10 years ago was thrice the age of his son. Ten years hence,
father's age will be twice that of his son. The ratio of their present ages is:
A. 4:8
B. 6:9
C. 7:3
D. 9:2
ANSWER : Option C
SOLUTION :
Let the ages of father and son 10 years ago be 3x and x years respectively.
Then,
->(3x + 10) + 10 = 2[(x + 10) + 10]
->3x + 20 = 2x + 40
->X = 20.
->Required ratio = (3x + 10) : (x + 10) = 70 : 30 = 7 : 3.
Q.144 Total of the ages of A, B ahd C at present is 90 years. Ten years ago, the ratio of
their ages was 1: 2: 3. What is the age of B at present
A. 30
B. 34
C. 40
D. 46
SOLUTION :
Let their ages 10 years ago is x, 2x and 3x years.
10 + 2x + 10 + 3x + 10 = 90 hence x= 10
BâEURTMs present age = (2x + 10) = 30 years.
Q.145 Ratio of ages of three persons is 4:7:9, Eight years ago, the sum of their ages was
Page 53
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
56. Find their present ages
A. 16, 20, 24
B. 16, 28, 30
C. 16, 28, 32
D. 16, 28, 36
ANSWER : Option D 16, 28, 36
SOLUTION :
Let the present ages are 4x, 7x, 9x.
=> (4x-8) + (7x-8) + (9x-8) = 56
=> 20x = 80
=> x = 4
So their present ages are: 16,28,36
Q.146 The sum of ages a father and son is 45 years. Five years ago, the product of their
ages was four times the fatherâEURTMs age at that time. The present age of the father is
A. 36
B. 44
C. 49
D. 52
SOLUTION :
Let fatherâEURTMs present age = x years
Given: (x âEUR" 5)(45 âEUR" x âEUR" 5) = 4(x âEUR" 5)
x2 - 41x + 180 = 0 or, (x - 36)(x - 5) = 0
x = 36 years.
Q.147 The ages of two persons differ by 16 years. If 6 years ago, the elder one be 3 times
as old as the younger one, find their present ages.
A. 12
B. 14
C. 20
D. 22
SOLUTION :
Let the age of the younger person be x years.
Then, age of the elder person = (x + 16) years.
Therefore,
3 (x - 6) = (x + 16 - 6)
3x âEUR" 18 = x + 10
2x = 28
X = 14
Page 54
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.148 The sum of the ages of a father and son is 45 years. Five years ago the product of
their ages was 4 times the father's age at that time. The present ages of the father and son,
respectively are
D. none of these
ANSWER : Option B 36 years, 9 years
SOLUTION :
Let the present ages of father and son be x years and (45-x) years
Then, (x-5)(45-x-5)=4(x-5)
45-x-5=4 or x = 36
The present ages of father and son are 36 years and 9 years respectively.
Q.149 Rajan's age is 3 times that of Ashok. In 12 years, Rajan's age will be double the age
of Ashok. Rajan's present age is :
A. 27 years
B. 32 years
C. 36 years
D. 40 years
ANSWER : Option C 36 years
SOLUTION :
Let Ashok's age be x years
Then, Rajan's age = 3 x years
2(x+12)=(3x+12) or x = 12
Hence, Rajan's age = 3x years
2 (x+12)=(3x+12) or x = 12
Hence Rajan's present age is 36 years
Q.150 In 10 years, A will be twice as old as B was 10 years ago. If A is now 9 years older
than B, the present age of B is :
A. 19 years
B. 29 years
C. 39 years
D. 49 years
SOLUTION :
Let the present ages of B and A be x years and (x+9) years
respectively. Then 10 years ago B's age is (x - 10) and in the next 10 years
A's age is (x + 19)
Given that A's age is twice of B
So (x + 19) = 2 x (x - 10) ? x + 19 = 2x - 20 ? x = 39
Page 55
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.151 The average age of class of 50 students is 24 years. If the average of 10 of them is
22 years, while average of another 10 is 26 years. What is the average of the remaining 30
students?
A. 24
B. 29
C. 35
D. 41
SOLUTION :
Difference Total
10 (22 Years) - 2 => -22
50 Students 10 (26 Years) + 2 => +22
30 (?)
Observe that 10 students have an average of 22 years (2 years below 24). While another
10 students have an average of 26 years (2 years above 24). Thus, the effect by (-2) is
nullified by the effect of (+2). As such, the average of remaining 30 students would remain
same as 24 years.
Q.152 The ratio of the ages of Swati and Varun is 2 : 5, After 8 years, their ages will be in
the ratio of 1 : 2. The difference in their present ages (in years) is
A. 18
B. 16
C. 24
D. 35
SOLUTION :
Let SwatiâEURTMs age = 2x and VarunâEURTMs age = 5x
->2x + 8/5x + 8 = 1/2
->2 (2x + 8) = 5x + 8
->x = 8
Swati's age = 16 years
andVarun's age = 40 years
Difference of their ages = 24 years.
Q.153 Find the average of all prime numbers between 30 and 50.
A. 39
B. 39.5
C. 39.8
D. 40
SOLUTION :
There are five prime no. between 30 and 50
They are 31, 37, 41, 43, 47.
Page 56
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Required average = (31+37+41+43+47)/5 = 199/5 = 39.8.
Q.154 The average of first five multiples of 3 is :
A. 9
B. 11
C. 13
D. 14
ANSWER : Option A 9
SOLUTION :
Basic Formula:
1, 2, 3 ..âEUR| n
If n is odd, the formula is (n+1)/2 term
The five multiples of 3 is 3, 6, 9, 12, 15
(n+1)/2 => [(5+1)/2]th term
6/2th term = 3rd term
Here 3rd term is 9.
Q.155 Find the sum of first 30 natural numbers
A. 432
B. 465
C. 489
D. 532
ANSWER : Option B
SOLUTION :
Sum of n natural numbers = n(n+1)/2
30(30+1)/2
30 x 31/ 2
465
Q.156 The average of first five prime numbers is:
A. 5.1
B. 5.3
C. 5.5
D. 5.6
ANSWER : Option D
SOLUTION :
average = (2 + 3 +5 + 7 + 11)/5 = 5.6
Q.157 Sally receives the following scores on her math tests: 78, 92, 83, 99 . What score
does she need on the next test in order to have an average of 90 on her math tests?
A. 92
B. 98
Page 57
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
C. 96
D. 80
SOLUTION :
Suppose sheâEURTMs next score is X
(78+92+83+99+X)/5 = 90
(352+X)/5 = 90
352 + X = 450
X = 450 âEUR" 352
X = 98
Thus, Sally needs a 98 on her next math test.
Q.158 The average of 5 quantities is 6. The average of 3 of them is 8. What is the average
of the remaining two numbers?
A. 6.5
B. 4
C. 3
D. 3.5
ANSWER : Option C 3
SOLUTION :
The average of 5 quantities is 6.
Therefore, the sum of the 5 quantities is 5 * 6 = 30.
The average of three of these 5 quantities is 8.
Therefore, the sum of these three quantities = 3 * 8 = 24
The sum of the remaining two quantities = 30 - 24 = 6.
Average of these two quantities =6/2 = 3.
Q.159 The average of four consecutive odd numbers is 24. Find the largest number.
A. 20
B. 27
C. 36
D. 45
SOLUTION :
Let the numbers are x, x+2, x+4, x+6, then
X + (x + 2) + (x+ 4) + (x + 6)/4 = 24
(4x + 12)/4 = 24
X + 3 = 24
Page 58
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
X = 21
So largest number is 21 + 6 = 27
Q.160 The average mark of 70 students in a class is 80. Out of these 70 students, if the
average mark of 40 students is 75, what is the average mark of the remaining 30 students?
A. 86
B. 86.33
C. 86.66
D. 86.99
SOLUTION :
Average of 70 students = 80.
Hence total marks of all the 70 students = 70x80 = 5600
Out of these 70, average of 40 students = 75
Hence total marks of these 40 students = 40x75 = 3000.
So the total marks of the remaining 30 students = 5600-3000 = 2600
Hence the average of the remaining 30 students = 2600/30 = 86.66
Q.161 In the first 10 overs of a cricket game, the run rate was only 3.2. What should be the
run rate in the remaining 40 overs to reach the target of 282 runs?
A. 6
B. 6.25
C. 6.5
D. 7
ANSWER : Option B 6.25
SOLUTION :
Required run rate = [282- (3.2 x 10)/40]
= 250/40 = 6.25
Q.162 The average weight of 8 men is increased by 2 kg when one of the men, whose
weight is 50 kg is replaced by a new man. The weight of the new man is :
A. 52 kg
B. 58 kg
C. 66 kg
D. 68 kg
ANSWER : Option C 66 kg
SOLUTION :
Weight increased = (8~A-2) kg = 16 kg
Page 59
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Weight of new man = (50+16)kg = 66 kg
Q.163 The average weight of 8 persons is increased by 2.5 kg, When one of them whose
weight is 56 kg is replaced by a new man. The weight of the new man is :
A. 66 kg
B. 75 kg
C. 76 kg
D. 86 kg
SOLUTION :
Total increase = (8~A-2.5) kg=20 kg.
Weight of new man = (50+16)kg=66 kg
Q.164 The average age of an adult class is 40 years. 12 new students with an average of
32 years join the class, thereby decreasing the average by 4 years. The original strength of
the class was :
A. 10
B. 11
C. 12
D. 15
SOLUTION :
Let original strength = x, Then,
40x + 12 ~A-32=(x+12)~A-36
or 40x + 384 = 36x + 432 or
4x = 48 or x = 12
Q.165 The average of 6 observations is 12. A new seventh observation is included and the
new average is decreased by 1. The seventh observation is :
A. 1
B. 5
C. 7
D. 9
ANSWER : Option B 5
SOLUTION :
Seventh observation = (7~A-11-6~A-12)=5
Q.166 out of four numbers, the average of first three is 15 and that of the last three is 16. If
the last number is 19, the first is :
A. 15
B. 16
C. 18
Page 60
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. 19
SOLUTION :
Sum of four numbers = (15~A-3+19)=64
Sum of last three numbers =(16~A-3)=48
First number = (64-48)=16
Q.167 There are two sections A and B of a class, consisting of 36 and 44
studentsâEURTM respectively. If the average weight of section A is 40kg and that of
section B is 35kg, find the average weight of the whole class.
A. 36.5
B. 37
C. 37.25
D. 37.66
SOLUTION :
Total weight of (36+44) Students = (36x40+44x35)kg = 2980kg
Therefore average weight of the whole class = (2980/80) kg
Therefore average weight = 37.25kg
Q.168 The average weight of 8 person's increases by 2.5 kg when a new person comes in
place of one of them weighing 65 kg. What might be the weight of the new person?
A. 75
B. 85
C. 92
D. 98
SOLUTION :
Total weight increased = (8 x 2.5) kg = 20 kg.
Weight of new person = (65 + 20) kg = 85 kg.
Q.169 The average age of 30 students of a class is 12 years. The average age of a group
of 5 of the students is 10 years and that of another group of 5 of them is 14 years. What is
the average age oi the remaining students?.[Bank P.O. 1990]
A. 8
B. 9
C. 10
D. 12
SOLUTION :
Total age of 20 students = (30 * 12) - (5*10 + 5*14)= 240 years.
Required average = (240/20) = 12 years.
Page 61
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.170 Sam receives the following scores on his English tests: 63, 84, 96 . What average
score does he need on the last two tests in order to maintain an 85 average?
A. 88
B. 91
C. 95
D. 98
SOLUTION :
Suppose that the average of the last two scores is x , and calculate as if both of the last two
scores are equal to x .
(63 + 84 + 96 + x + x)/5 = 85
(243 + 2x)/5 = 85
2x + 243 = 425
2x = 425 âEUR" 243
2x = 182
X = 182/2
X = 91
Q.171 Distance between two stations A and B is 778 km. A train covers the journey from A
to B at 84 km per hour and returns back to A with a uniform speed of 56km per hour. Find
the average speed of the train during the whole
A. 66.5 km/hr
B. 67.2 km/hr
C. 67.7 km/hr
D. 68.6 km/hr
ANSWER : Option B 67.2 km/hr
SOLUTION :
Required average speed = (2xy/x+y)km/hr
= 2 x 84 x 56 /(84 + 56)
= (2 x 84 x 85 /140)
= 67.2 km/hr.
Q.172 The average temperature of Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday was
38degree. and that of Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday was 40degree. If the
temperature on Monday was 30degree, the temperature of Friday was :
A. 40degree
B. 39degree
C. 38degree
D. 30degree
ANSWER : Option C 38degree
SOLUTION :
M+T+W+Th=(4~A-38)=152
Monday temperature is 30dgr. So T+W+Th=(152-30)=122
Page 62
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
T+W+Th+F=(4~A-40)=160
F = (160-122)=38dgr
Q.173 A shop keeper earned Rs.504 in 12 days. His average income for the first four days
was Rs.40 a day. His average income for the remaining days is :
A. Rs.40
B. Rs.42
C. Rs.43
D. Rs.45
SOLUTION :
Let the average for remaining 8 days be Rs.x a day. Then, 4~A-40+8~A-x=504 or
8x=344 or x = 43
Required average = Rs.43
Q.174 A man whose bowling average is 12.4 takes 5 wickets for 26 runs and there by
decreases his average by 0.4. The number of wickets taken by him before his last match is:
A. 85
B. 78
C. 72
D. 64
SOLUTION :
Let the number of wickets taken before the last match=x.
then 12.4x+26x+5=12 ->x=85
Q.175 The average of weight of three men A,B and C is 84 kg. Another man D joins the
group and the average now becomes 80 kg. If another man E, whose weight is 3 kg.more
than that of D, replaces A, then the average weight of B,C,D and E becomes 79 kg. The
weight of A is :
A. 70 kg
B. 72 kg
C. 75 kg
D. 80 kg
SOLUTION :
Now, B+C+D+E = (4~A-79)=316
B+C+D=(316-71)=245 kg
So, A = (320-245)=75 kg
Q.176 The average age of A,B,C,D five years ago was 45 years. By including X, the present
average age of all the five is 49 years. The present age of X is :
Page 63
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
A. 64 years
B. 48 years
C. 45 years
D. 40 years
SOLUTION :
As 5 years ago average is 45, the present average is 50. So sum of the ages of A,
B, C, D is 50 x 4 = 200
But given that avg of A, B, C, D and X is 49. So sum of their ages = 49 x 5 =245
Present age of X = 245 - 200 = 45 years.
Q.177 Average of 75 students is 82, out of which average of 42 students is 79.
What is the average of the remaining 33 students?

A. 85.82
B. 85.88
C. 89.82
D. 89.88
ANSWER : Option A 85.82
SOLUTION :
Average of 75 members = 82.
Two groups of 42 and 33 and we want each group to have an average of 82.
But the first group i.e. 42 students they had an average of 79.
We fell short by 3 in the average.
So the loss in the sum= 3x42.
So the average of the second group
i.e. 33 students must be 82 + (3x42)/33 = 82+ 42/11 = 85.82.
Q.178 The average weight of 36students in a class is 62 kgs. If the weight of the teacher is
also included the average becomes 62.5 kgs. Find the weight of the teacher.
A. 80
B. 80.25
C. 80.5
D. 80.75
SOLUTION :
It is clear that if the weight of the teacher is also 62 years, the average of the
class including the teacher will remain 62 kgs. But the average is increased by
0.5 kgs. upon adding the teacher. So it is clear that the weight of the teacher is
more than 62 kgs.
The average is increased by 0.5 kgs upon 37 members (remember it is not 36,
but 37) which means the increase in the sum =0.5 x 37 = 18.5 kgs.
Page 64
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
So the age of the teacher must be 62+18.5 = 80.5 kgs
Q.179 In a factory the average monthly salary of workers is 550 $ and that of 16 officers is
3000 $. If the average monthly salary of workers and officers combined is 600 $, find the
number of workers in the factory.
A. 768
B. 786
C. 876
D. 687
SOLUTION :
been the same 550$. But, since the average of the officers is 3000$, which is
more by 2450 than what we wanted it to be; the gain in the sum= 2450x16.
This gain of 2450x16 in the sum upon (x+16) members, where x is the number
of workers gave an increase of 50$ in the combined average.
i.e. (2450x16)/(x+16) = 50
i.e. (x+16) = (2450x16)/50 = 49x16
i.e. x = 48x16 = 768.
So the total number of workers = 768.
OR-
Since x number of workers had an average of only 550$ instead of 600$
(combined average), the loss caused by workers = 50xW (were W is the number
of workers)
This loss is compensated by 16 officers by having an average of 3000 $ instead of
600$.
The gain given by officers = 2400 x 16.
Hence 50xW = 2400x16 i.e. W = 48x16 = 768.
Q.180 The average age of 24 students in a class is 10. If the teacher's age is including, the
average increases by one. The age of the teacher is :
A. 25 years
B. 30 years
C. 35 years
D. 40 years
SOLUTION :
Sum of the ten students age = 24 x 10
Sum of the ten students including the teacher = 25 x 11
Age of the teacher = (25~A-11-24~A-10)
=35 years
Q.181 The average expenditure of a man for the first five months is Rs.120 and for the next
Page 65
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
seven months it is Rs.130. If he saves Rs.290 in that year, his monthly average income is :
A. Rs.140
B. Rs.150
C. Rs.160
D. Rs.170
ANSWER : Option B Rs.150
SOLUTION :
Total income = Rs.(120~A-5+130~A-7+290)=Rs.1800
Average monthly income= Rs. (180012)=Rs.150
Q.182 The average salary of 20 workers in an office is Rs.1900 per month. If the manager's
salary is added, the average salary becomes Rs.2000 p.m. What is the manager's annual
salary?
A. .Rs.24,000
B. Rs.25,200
C. Rs.45,600
D. None of these
ANSWER : Option D None of these
SOLUTION :
Manager's salary per month= (Rs.21~A-2000-20~A-1900) = Rs.4000
Manager's Annual salary = Rs.(4000~A-12)=Rs.48000
Q.183 The average weight of a class of 40 students is 40 kg. If the weight of the teacher is
included, the average weight increases by 500 gms. The weight of the teacher is :
A. 40.5 kg
B. 60 kg
C. 60.5 kg
D. 62 kg
ANSWER : Option C 60.5 kg
SOLUTION :
Weight of the teacher =(41~A-40.5-40~A-40)kg=60.5 kg
Q.184 The Average age of a class of 22 students in 21 years. The average increases by 1
when the teacherâEURTMs age also included. What is the age of the teacher?
A. 44
B. 46
C. 48
D. 49
SOLUTION :
Avg x Number = Total
21 years x 22 nos = 462 yearsâEUR|âEUR|âEUR|âEUR|âEUR|1
Page 66
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
22 years x 23 nos = 506 yearsâEUR|âEUR|âEUR|âEUR|âEUR|2
TeacherâEURTMs age = (2) - (1) = 506 âEUR" 462 = 44 Years.
Q.185 The average of 20 numbers is zero. Of them, at the most, how many may be greater
than zero?
A. 0
B. 1
C. 10
D. 19
SOLUTION :
Average of 20 numbers = 0.
Sum of 20 numbers (0 x 20) = 0.
It is quite possible that 19 of these numbers may be positive and if their sum is a then 20th
number is (-a).
Q.186 Distance between two stations A and B is 778km. A train covers the journey from A
to B at 84km per hour and returns back to A with a uniform speed of 56km per hour. Find
the average speed of train during the whole journey.
A. 67.2
B. 67.8
C. 68
D. 68.5
SOLUTION :
Average Speed = 2xy/(x+y)km/hr
= (2x84x56)/(84+56) km/hr.
= (2x84x56)/140 km/hr.
= 67.2 km/hr.
Q.187 The average of 50 numbers is 30. If two numbers, 35 and 40 are discarded, then the
average of the remaining numbers is nearly:
A. 29
B. 29.68
C. 30
D. 30.68
SOLUTION :
Total sum of 48 numbers = (50 ~A- 30) âEUR" (35 +40)
= 1500 âEUR" 75
= 1425
Average = 1425/48 = 29.68
Page 67
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.188 The average salary per month of 30 employees in a company is Rs 4000. If the
managerâEURTMs salary is added, the average salary increases to Rs 4300, what is the
salary of the manager. [Bank P.O. 1993]
A. 10000
B. 12200
C. 13000
D. 13300
SOLUTION :
Salary of the manager = (31*4300 - 30*4000) = 13300.
Q.189 The average weight of 3 men A, B and C is 84 kg. Another man D joins the group
and the average now becomes 80 kg. If another man F, whose weight is 3 kg more than
that of D, replaces A then the average weight of B, C, D and E becomes 79 kg. The weight
of A is:. [Bank P.O. 1989]
A. 70
B. 72
C. 75
D. 79
SOLUTION :
A+B+C = (84x3) = 252kg,
A+B+C+D=(80x4) = 320kg.
D = (320 - 252) = 68 ,
E = (68+3) =7l.
B+C+D+E = (79x4) = 316.
(A+B+C+D) - (B+C+D+E) = (320 - 316)kg = 4kg.
A - E = 4
A = (4+E) = 75kg.
Q.190 A batsman makes a score of 87 runs in the 17th match and thus increases his
average by 3. Find his average after 17th match
A. 35
B. 39
C. 46
D. 54
SOLUTION :
then the average before 17th match is x-3
so 16(x-3) + 87 = 17x
=> x = 87 - 48 = 39
Page 68
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.191 The average wages of a worker during a fortnight comprising 15 consecutive working
days was Rs.90 per day. During the first 7 days, his average wages was Rs.87/day and the
average wages during the last 7 days was Rs.92 /day. What was his wage on the 8th day?
A. 84
B. 97
C. 102
D. 124
SOLUTION :
The total wages earned during the 15 days that the worker worked :
= 15 ~A- 90 = Rs. 1350.
The total wages earned during the first 7 days = 7 ~A- 87 = Rs. 609.
The total wages earned during the last 7 days = 7 ~A- 92 = Rs. 644.
Total wages earned during the 15 days = wages during first 7 days + wage
on 8th day + wages during the last 7 days.
1350 = 609 + wage on 8th day + 644
wage on 8th day = 1350 - 609 - 644 = Rs. 97
Q.192 When a student weighing 45 kgs left a class, the average weight of the remaining 59
students increased by 200g. What is the average weight of the remaining 59 students?
A. .45
B. 49
C. .57
D. 64
SOLUTION :
Let the average weight of the 59 students be A.
Therefore, the total weight of the 59 of them will be 59A.
The questions states that when the weight of this student who left is added, the
total weight of the class = 59A + 45
When this student is also included, the average weight decreases by 0.2 kgs.
59A + 45/ 60 = A - 0.2
-> 59A + 45 = 60A âEUR" 12
-> 45 + 12 = 60A - 59A
-> A = 57
Q.193 The average age of a family of 5 members is 20 years. If the age of the youngest
member be 10 years then what was the average age of the family at the time of the birth of
the youngest member?
A. 9.5
B. 10.5
C. 11.5
D. 12.5
Page 69
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
ANSWER : Option D 12.5
SOLUTION :
At present the total age of the family =5~A-20=100
The total age of the family at the time of the birth of the youngest member:
=[100-10-(10~A-4)]=50
Therefore, average age of the family at the time of birth of the
youngest member = 50/4 = 12.5
Q.194 Average cost of 5 apples and 4 mangoes is Rs. 36. The average cost of 7 apples
and 8 mangoes is Rs. 48. Find the total cost of 24 apples and 24 mangoes.
A. 1044
B. 2088
C. 3022
D. 4444
SOLUTION :
Average cost of 5 apples and 4 mangoes = Rs. 36
Total cost = 36 ~A- 9 = 324
Average cost of 7 apples and 8 mangoes = 48
Total cost = 48 ~A- 15 = 720
Total cost of 12 apples and 12 mangoes = 324 + 720 = 1044
Therefore, cost of 24 apples and 24 mangoes = 1044 ~A- 2 = 2088
Q.195 The average salary of all the workers in a workshop is Rs.8000. The average salary
of 7 technicians is Rs.12000 and the average salary of the rest is Rs.6000. The total
number of workers in the workshop is:
A. 21
B. 25
C. 36
D. 49
SOLUTION :
Let the total number of workers in the workshop = x
Given Average of all workers = 8000 ->8000/x
Average of 7 members = 12000 -> 7 ~A- 12000 = 84000
Average of remaining workers = 6000 -> 6000 ~A- (x âEUR" 7) ->6000x âEUR" 42000
Find out the total number of workers
8000x = 84000 + 6000x âEUR" 42000
2000x = 42000
x = 21
Therefore the total number of workers in the workshop is = 21.
Q.196 40% of the employees in a factory are workers. All the remaining employees are
executives. The annual income of each worker is Rs. 390. The annual income of each
Page 70
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
executive is Rs. 420. What is the average annual income of all the employees in the factory
together?
A. 370
B. 399
C. 408
D. 444
SOLUTION :
Let e be the number of employees.
We are given that 40% of the employees are workers. Now, 40% of e
is(40/100)e=0.4e
Hence, the number of workers is 2e/5
All the remaining employees are executives, so the number of executives equals
(The number of Employees)âEUR"(The number of Workers)=e âEUR"(2e /5)=(3e/5)
The annual income of each worker is Rs. 390. Hence, the total annual income of
all the workers together is: (2e/5)x390 =156e
Also, the annual income of each executive is Rs. 420. Hence, the total income of
all the executives together is?3e/5)x420=252e
Hence, the total income of the employees is : 156e+252e=408e.
The average income of all the employees together equals
Total income of all the employees/the no. of employees=408e/e=408
Q.197 The average price of 10 books is Rs.12 while the average price of 8 of these books is
Rs.11.75. Of the remaining two books, if the price of one book is 60% more than the price of
the other, what is the price of each of these two books?
A. Rs.10, Rs.16
B. Rs.12, Rs.18
C. Rs.14, Rs.20
D. Rs.16, Rs.24
ANSWER : Option A Rs.10, Rs.16
SOLUTION :
Total cost of 10 books = Rs. 120
Total cost of 8 books = Rs. 94
->The cost of 2 books = Rs. 26
Let the price of each book be x and y.
-> x + y = 26 ---------------- (1)
Given that the price of 1 book is 60% more than the other price
(160/100)y +y=26
Y(160/100+1)=26
Page 71
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Y=(26x100)/260
Y = 100
Substituting Y = 10 in (1) we get,
x + 10 = 26
x = 16
Q.198 The average monthly salary of 12 workers and 3 managers in a factory was Rs. 600.
When one of the manager whose salary was Rs. 720, was replaced with a new manager,
then the average salary of the team went down to 580. What is the salary of the new
manager?
A. 370
B. 420
C. 470
D. 560
SOLUTION :
The total salary amount = 15 ~A- 600 = 9000
The salary of the exiting manager = 720.
Therefore, the salary of 12 workers and the remaining 2 managers :
=9000-720=8280
When a new manager joins, the new average salary drops to Rs.580 for the total
team of 15 of them.
The total salary for the 15 people i.e., 12 workers, 2 old managers and 1 new
manager =580~A-15=8700
Therefore, the salary of the new manager is 9000 - 8700 = 300 less than that of
the old manager who left the company, which is equal to 720 - 300 = 420.
Another alternate method of doing the problem is as follows:
The average salary dropped by Rs.20 for 15 of them. Therefore, the overall salary
has dropped by 15~A-20=300.
Therefore, the new manager's salary should be Rs.300 less than that of the old
manager =720?300=420.
Q.199 In Arun's opinion, his weight is greater than 65 kg but less than 72 kg. His brother
does not agree with Arun and he thinks that Arun's weight is greater than 60 kg but less
than 70 kg. His mother's view is that his weight cannot be greater than 68 kg. If all are them
are correct in their estimation, what is the average of different probable weights of Arun?
A. 65 kg
B. 66 kg.
C. 67 kg
D. 68 kg.
Page 72
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Let Arun's weight by X kg.
According to Arun:
65<X<72
According to Arun's brother:60<X<70.
According to Arun's mother:X<=68
The values satisfying all the above conditions are 66, 67 and 68.
sRequired average=66+67+68= 201/3 = 67
Q.200 A student finds the average of 10 positive integers. Each integer contains two digits.
By mistake, the boy interchanges the digits of one number say ba for ab. Due to this, the
average becomes 1.8 less than the previous one. What was the difference of the two digits
a and b?
A. 8
B. 6
C. 4
D. 2
ANSWER : Option D 2
SOLUTION :
Let the original number be ab i.e., (10a + b).
After interchanging the digits, the new number becomes ba i.e., (10b + a).
The question states that the average of 10 numbers has become 1.8 less than the
original average. Therefore, the sum of the original 10 numbers will be 10~A-1.8
more than the sum of the 10 numbers with the digits interchanged.
i.e., 10a+b=10b+a+18
9a-9b=18
a-b= 2
Q.201 What is the number of odd days in a leap year ?
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
ANSWER : Option B 2
SOLUTION :
A leap year has 366 days, Now if we divide 366 by 7 it gives 2 as remainder.
Q.202 January 1, 1992 was a Wednesday, What day of the week will it be on January 1,
1993?
A. Tuesday.
B. Wednesday
C. Thursday
Page 73
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. Friday
ANSWER : Option D Friday
SOLUTION :
1992 being a leap year, it has 2 odd days.
So, the first day of the year 1993 will be two days beyond Wednesday i.e., it will be Friday.
Q.203 When do we use same calendar of the year 1968?
A. 1996
B. 2004
C. 2006
D. 2012
SOLUTION :
If the given year is a leap year then add 28
If the given year is an year next to a leap year then add 6
For other years add 11.
Here 1968 is a leap year so add 28 to it. So we can use the same calendar for year 1996
Q.204 What is the day on 1st January 1901?
A. Sunday
B. Monday
C. Tuesday
D. Wednesday
ANSWER : Option C Tuesday
SOLUTION :
1st January 1901 means (1900 year and 1 day) 1600 year have 0 odd days 300 years have
1 odd day. Total no. of odd days = 0+ 1 + 1 = 2days
Q.205 What was the day on 25th January, 1975?
A. Saturday
B. Sunday
C. Monday
D. Thursday
ANSWER : Option A Saturday
SOLUTION :
Counting the years 1600 + 300 + 74
In 1600 years, there are zero odd days
In 300 years, there is one odd day
In 74 years, there are 18 leap years and 56 normal years, so the odd days
are:18(2) + 56(1) = 36 + 56 = 92,
Which is 13 weeks and 1 odd day
In 25 days of January, 1975, there are 3 weeks and 4 odd days
Page 74
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Total odd days = 0 + 1 + 1 + 4, six odd days, so it was a Saturday.
Q.206 What day of the week was 20th June 1837?
A. Monday
B. Tuesday
C. Wednesday
D. Thursday
ANSWER : Option B Tuesday
SOLUTION :
20th June, 1837 means 1836 complete years + first 5 months of the year
1837 + 20 days of June
1600 years give no odd days
200 years give 3 odd days
36 years give (36 + 9 ) or 3 odd days
Thus 1836 years give 6 odd days
From 1st January to 20th June there are 3 odd days
Odd days: January 3, Feb. 0, March 3, April 2, May 3, June 6 = 17
Thus the total number of odd days = 6 + 3 or 2 odd days
This means that the 20th of June fell on 2nd day commencing from
Monday.
The required day was Tuesday.
Q.207 How many times does the 29th day of the month occur in 400 consecutive years?
A. 3495
B. 3497
C. 4495
D. 4497
SOLUTION :
In 400 consecutive years there are 97 leap years. Hence, in 400 consecutive years
February has the 29th day 97 times and the remaining eleven months have the 29th day
400 ~A- 11 or 4400 times.
Thus the 29th day of the month occurs
= 4400 + 97 = 4497 times.
Q.208 Today is 3rd November. The day of the week is Monday. This is a leap year. What
will be the day of the week on this date after 3 years?
A. Tuesday
B. Wednesday
C. Thursday
D. Friday
ANSWER : Option C Thursday
SOLUTION :
Page 75
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
This is a leap year. So, none of the next 3 years will be leap years. Each
year will give one odd day so the day of the week will be 3 odd days
beyond Monday i.e. it will be Thursday.
Q.209 December 9, 2001 is Sunday. What was the day on December 9, 1971? (CAT)
A. Tuesday
B. Wednesday
C. Saturday
D. Sunday
ANSWER : Option A Tuesday
SOLUTION :
Total number of days = 30 ~A- 365 + 8 days from leap years = 10958
Thus number of weeks = = 1565
Hence December 9, 1971 must have been Tuesday.
Q.210 If today is Monday, what will be the day 350 days from now?
A. Saturday
B. Sunday
C. Monday
D. Thursday
ANSWER : Option C Monday
SOLUTION :
350 ys, 350/7 = 50, no odd days, so it will be a Monday.
Q.211 If today is Monday, what will be the day one year and 50 days from now?
A. Sunday
B. Monday
C. None
D. Cannot be determine
ANSWER : Option D Cannot be determine
SOLUTION :
Cannot be determined, as we donâEURTMt know if it is a leap year or not.
Q.212 Given that 27th February 2003 is a Thursday. What day of the week was 27th
February 1603?
A. Saturday
B. Sunday
C. Monday
D. Thursday
ANSWER : Option D Thursday
SOLUTION :
Page 76
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
After every 400 years, the same day occurs.
Thus, if 27th February 2003 is Thursday, before 400 years
i.e., on 27th February 1603 has to be Thursday.
Q.213 January 1, 1992 was a Wednesday. What day of the week will it be on January 1,
1993
A. Tuesday
B. Wednesday
C. Thursday
D. Friday
SOLUTION :
1992 being a leap year, it has 2 odd days. So, the first day of the year
1993 will be two days beyond Wednesday. ie it will be Friday
Q.214 On January 12, 1980, it was Saturday. The day of the week on January 12, 1979
was :
A. Wednesday
B. Thursday
C. Friday
D. Saturday
ANSWER : Option C Friday
SOLUTION :
The year 1979 being an ordinary year, it has 1 odd day. So, the day on
12th January 1980 is one day beyond the day on 12th January, 1979. But,
January 12, 1980 being Saturday. January 12, 1979 was Friday
Q.215 On July 2, 1985, it was Wednesday. The day of the week on July 2, 1984 was:
A. Monday
B. Tuesday
C. Wednesday
D. Thursday
ANSWER : Option A Monday
SOLUTION :
The year 1984 being a leap year, it has 2 odd days. So, the day on 2nd
July, 1984. But, 2nd July 1985 was Wednesday. 2nd July, 1984 was
Monday.
Q.216 Monday falls on 4th April, 1988. What was the day on 3rd November, 1987?
A. Monday
B. Tuesday
C. Wednesday
Page 77
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. Thursday
SOLUTION :
Counting the number of days after 3rd November, 1987 we have : Nov Dec
Jan Feb March April
days 27 + 31 + 31 + 29 + 3 + 4
= 153 days containing 6 odd days
i.e., (7-6) = 1 day beyond the day on 4th April, 1988. So, the day was
Tuesday.
Q.217 Today is 1st August. The day of the week is Monday. This is a leap year. The day of
the week on this day after 3 years will be :
A. Monday
B. Tuesday
C. Wednesday
D. Thursday
SOLUTION :
This being a leap year none of the next 3 years is a leap year. So, the day
of the week will be 3 days beyond Monday ie, it will be Thursday.
Q.218 January 16, 1997 was a Thursday. What day of the week will it be on January 4,
2000?
A. Tuesday.
B. Wednesday
C. Thursday
D. Friday
SOLUTION :
First we look for the leap years during this period.
1997, 1998, 1999 are not leap years.
1998 and 1999 together have net 2 odd days.
No, of days remaining in 1997 = 365 - 16 = 349 days = 49 weeks 6 odd days.
Total no. of odd days = 2 + 6 + 4 = 12 days = 7 days (1 week) + 5 odd days
Hence, January 4, 2000 will be 5 days beyond Thursday ie it will be on Tuesday.
Q.219 February 20, 1999 was Saturday. What day of the week was on December 30,
1997?
A. Monday
B. Tuesday
C. Wednesday
D. Thursday
Page 78
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
The year during this interval was 1998 and it was not a leap year. Now,
we calculate the no. of odd days in 1999 up to February 19 :
January 1999 gives 3 odd days
19 February 1999 gives 5 odd days
1998, being ordinary year, gives 1 odd day
In 1997, December 30 and 31 give 2 odd days
Total no. of odd days = 3 + 5 + 1 + 2 = 11 days = 4 odd days
Therefore, December 30, 1997 will fall 4 days before Saturday ie on
Tuesday.
Q.220 March 5, 1999 was on Friday, what day of the week will be on March 5,
2000?
A. .Saturday
B. Sunday
C. Monday
D. Thursday
ANSWER : Option B Sunday
SOLUTION :
Year 2000 is a leap year
No. of remaining days in 1999 = 365 - [31 days in January + 28 days in
February + 5 days in March] = 301 days = 43 weeks ie 0 odd day. No. of
Days passed in 2000 = January (31 days) gives 3 odd days.
February (29 days, being a leap year) gives 1 odd day March (5 days)
Gives 5 odd days.
Total no. of odd days = 0 + 3 + 1 + 5 = 9 days i.e. 2 odd days.
Therefore, March 5, 2000 will be two days beyond Friday, i.e. on Sunday.
Q.221 On which week day August 15, 1947 falls?
A. Tuesday
B. Wednesday
C. Thursday
D. Friday
SOLUTION :
We know that odd days up to 1600 years are zero.
For the years 1601 to 1700 there exist 5 odd days, 1701 to 1800 there exist 5 odd
Days, 1801 to 1900 there are another 5 odd days. So up to 1900 there are 15 odd
Days or 1 odd day
Now from 1901 to 1946 there are 11 leap and 36 non leap years. So number of
odd days for these 46 years will be 11 X 2 + 35 X 1 = 57 . After dividing this
With 7 we get 1 odd day.
Now we entered into year 1947. January contains 3 odd days, February 2, March
Page 79
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
3, April 2, May 3, June 2, July 3, august 15 = 3 +0+3+2+3+2+3+15 = 31 = 3
Odd days.
So total odd days = 1 + 1+3 = 5
If odd days are 0 then it is Sunday, 1 Monday ... so It is Friday.
Q.222 The last day of a century cannot be:
A. Wednesday
B. Friday
C. Tuesday
D. Monday
SOLUTION :
100 years contain 5 odd days. So, last day of 1st century id âEUR~FridayâEURTM.
200 years contain (5 x 2) = 10 odd days = 3 odd days.
So, last day of 2nd century is âEUR~WednesdayâEURTM
300 years contain (5 x 3) = 15 odd days = 1 odd day.
Last day of 3rd century is âEUR~MondayâEURTM.
400 years contain 0 odd day.
Last day of 4th century is âEUR~SundayâEURTM
Since the order is continually kept in successive cycles,
We see that the last day of a century cannot be Tuesday, Thursday or Saturday.
Q.223 On what dates of April 2001 did Sunday fall?
A. 4th, 11th, 18th, 25th
B. 1st, 8th, 15th, 22nd, 29th
C. 6th, 13th, 20th, 27th
D. 2nd, 9th, 16th, 23rd, 30th
ANSWER : Option A 4th, 11th, 18th, 25th
SOLUTION :
Find the day on 1st April, 2001. 2000 years contain 2 odd days.
Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr.
31 + 28 + 31 + 1 = 91 days = 13 weeks 0 day = 0 odd day.
Sunday fell on 1st, 8th, 15th, 22nd and 29th of April 2001
Q.224 On what dates of April, 1994 did Sunday fall?
A. 3, 10, 17, 24,
B. 4, 11, 18, 25
C. 5, 12, 19, 26,
D. 6, 13, 20, 27,
ANSWER : Option A 3, 10, 17, 24,
SOLUTION :
Find the day on 1st April, 1994.
1600 years contain 0 odd day
Page 80
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
300 years contain 1 odd day
93 years = (23 leap years + 70 ordinary years)
= (46 + 70) odd days =4 odd days.
Number of days upto 1St April, 1994
Jan Feb March April
31 + 28 ~A. 31 + 1 =9ldays=Oddly. Total
Number of odd days = (0~A. 1 +4+0) =5 Odd day. ..
Day on 1st April 1994 is âEUR~FridayâEURTM.
Sunday was on 3rd April, 1994.
Thus, Sunday fell on 3rd, 10th, 17th & 24th.
Q.225 May 6, 1993 was Thursday. What day of the week was on May 6, 1992?
A. Wednesday
B. Friday
C. Tuesday
D. Monday
SOLUTION :
1992 being a leap year, it has 2 odd days.
So, the day on May, 1993 is 2 days beyond the day on May 6, 1992.
But, on May 6, 1993 it was Thursday.
So, on May 6, 1992 it was Tuesday.
Q.226 It was Sunday on Jan 1, 2006. What was the day of the week Jan 1, 2010?
A. Wednesday
B. Friday
C. Tuesday
D. Monday
ANSWER : Option B Friday
SOLUTION :
On 31st December, 2005 it was Saturday.
Number of odd days from the year 2006 to the year 2009 = (1 + 1 + 2 + 1) = 5 days.
On 31st December 2009, it was Thursday.
Thus, on 1st Jan, 2010 it is Friday.
Q.227 What was the day of the week on 28th May, 2006?
A. Saturday.
B. Sunday.
C. Monday.
D. Thursday
SOLUTION :
28 May, 2006 = (2005 years + Period from 1.1.2006 to 28.5.2006)
Page 81
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Odd days in 1600 years = 0
5 years = (4 ordinary years + 1 leap year) = (4 x 1 + 1 x 2) 6 odd days
Jan. Feb. mar. apr. may.
31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 28 = 148 days
148 days = (21 weeks + 1 day) 1 odd day.
Total number of odd days = (0 + 0 + 6 + 1) = 7 0 odd day.
Given day is Sunday.
Q.228 January 1, 2004 was a Thursday. What day of the week lies on Jan. 1, 2005?
A. Saturday
B. Sunday
C. Monday
D. Thursday
SOLUTION :
The year 2004 being a leap year, it has 2 odd days. So, first day of 2005 will be 2 days
beyond Thursday and so it will be Saturday.
Q.229 What was the day of the week on 17th June, 1998?
A. Tuesday
B. Wednesday
C. Thursday
D. Friday
ANSWER : Option B Wednesday
SOLUTION :
17th June, 1998 = (1997 years + Period from 1.1.1998 to 17.6.1998)
Odd days in 300 years = (5 x 3) 1
97 years has 24 leap years + 73 ordinary years.
Number of odd days in 97 years ( 24 x 2 + 73) = 121 = 2 odd days.
Jan. Feb. mar. apr. may. Jun.
31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 17 = 168 days.
168 days = 24 weeks = 0 odd day.
Total number of odd days = (0 + 1 + 2 + 0) = 3.
Given day is Wednesday.
Q.230 Today is Friday. After 62 days it will be :
A. Tuesday
B. Wednesday
C. Thursday.
D. Friday
Page 82
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
ANSWER : Option C Thursday.
SOLUTION :
Each day of the week is repeated after 7 days
After 63 days, it would be Friday
So, After 62 days, it would be Thursday
Q.231 How many days are there from 2nd January 1993 to 15th March 1993?
A. 73
B. 75
C. 63
D. 65
SOLUTION :
Jan., Feb., March
30 + 28 + 15 = 73 days
Q.232 Today is Monday. After 61 days, it will be:
A. Saturday.
B. Sunday
C. Monday
D. Thursday
SOLUTION :
Each day of the week is repeated after 7 days.
So, after 63 days, it will be Monday.
After 61 days, it will be Saturday.
Q.233 On 8th March, 2005, Wednesday falls. What day of the week was it on 8th March,
2004?
A. Saturday
B. Sunday
C. Monday
D. Thursday
SOLUTION :
The year 2004 being a leap year, it has 2 odd days.
So, the day on 8th March, 2005 will be two days beyond the day on 8th March, 2004.
But, 8th March, 2005 is Wednesday. So, 8th March, 2004 is Monday.
Q.234 If 6th March, 2005 is Monday, what was the day of the week on 6th March, 2004?
A. Saturday
B. Sunday
Page 83
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
C. Monday
D. Thursday
SOLUTION :
The year 2004 is a leap year. So, it has 2 odd days.
But, Feb 2004 not included because we are calculating from March 2004 to March 2005. So
it has 1 odd day only.
The day on 6th March, 2005 will be 1 day beyond the day on 6th March, 2004.
Given that, 6th March, 2005 is Monday.
6th March, 2004 is Sunday (1 day before to 6th March, 2005).
Q.235 February 1, 1984 was a Wednesday just like the February 29, 1984. When will the
calendar show another February with a similar situation?
A. 2000
B. 2002
C. 2008
D. 2012
SOLUTION :
The month of February 1984 had five Wednesdays. Only in a leap year this is possible.
Seven leap years have to go by before this situation can occur again, because in each of
the leap years the 29th would fall on a different weekday.
Seven leap years means 7 x 4 = 28 years have to pass after 1984. Therefore it will be the
year 2012 when a February again has five Wednesdays.
Q.236 On what dates of April, 2001 did Wednesday fall?
A. 4th, 11th, 18th, 25th
B. 2nd, 9th, 16th, 23rd, 30th
C. 1st, 8th, 15th, 22nd, 29th
D. 3rd, 10th, 17th, 24th
ANSWER : Option A 4th, 11th, 18th, 25th
SOLUTION :
We shall find the day on 1st April, 2001.
1st April, 2001 = (2000 years + Period from 1.1.2001 to 1.4.2001)
Jan. Feb. March April
(31 + 28 + 31 + 1) = 91 days 0 odd days.
Total number of odd days = (0 + 0 + 0) = 0
On 1st April, 2001 it was Sunday.
In April, 2001 Wednesday falls on 4th, 11th, 18th and 25th.
Q.237 The first Republic Day of India was celebrated on 26th January, 1950. It was :
Page 84
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
A. Saturday
B. Sunday
C. Monday
D. Thursday
SOLUTION :
26th Jan., 1950 = (1949 years + Period from 1st Jan., 1950 to 26th Jan., 1950)
1600 years have 0 odd day. 300 years have 1 odd day.
49 years = (12 leap years + 37 ordinary years)
= [(12 x 2) + (37 x 1)] odd days = 61 odd days = 5 odd days.
Number of days from 1st Jan. to 26th Jan. = 26 = 5 odd days.
Total number of odd days = (0 + 1 + 5 + 5) = 11 = 4 odd days.
The required day was âEUR~ThursdayâEURTM.
Q.238 How many days are there in x weeks x days?
A. 7x^2
B. 8x
C. 14x
D. None
ANSWER : Option B 8x
SOLUTION :
x weeks x days = (7x + x) days = 8x days.
Q.239 On July, 2, 1985, it was Wednesday the day of the week on July 2,
1984 was :
A. Saturday
B. Sunday
C. Monday
D. Thursday
SOLUTION :
The year 1984 being a leap year, it has odd days.
So, the day on 2nd July, 1985 is two days beyond the day on 2nd July, 1984.
But, 2nd July 1985 was Wednesday
2nd July, 1984 was Monday
Q.240 On 8th Feb, 2005 it was Tuesday. What was the day of the week on 8th Feb, 2004?
A. Saturday
B. Sunday
C. Monday
D. Thursday
Page 85
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
The year 2004 is a leap year. It has 2 odd days.
The day on 8th Feb, 2004 is 2 days before the day on 8th Feb, 2005.
Hence, this day is Sunday.
Q.241 Today is 1st August. The day of the week is Monday. This is a leap year. The day of
the week on this day after 3 years will be:
A. Saturday
B. Sunday
C. Monday
D. Thursday
SOLUTION :
This being a leap year none of the next 3 years is a leap year. So, the day of the week will
be 3 days beyond Monday i.e., it will be Thursday.
Q.242 On 8th Dec, 2007 Saturday falls. What day of the week was it on 8th Dec, 2006?
A. Tuesday
B. Wednesday
C. Thursday
D. Friday
SOLUTION :
The year 2006 is an ordinary year. So, it has 1 odd day.
So, the day on 8th Dec, 2007 will be 1 day beyond the day on 8th Dec, 2006.
But, 8th Dec, 2007 is Saturday.
8th Dec, 2006 is Friday.
Q.243 January 16, 1997 was a Thursday. What day of the week will it be on January 4,
2000?
A. Tuesday
B. Wednesday
C. Thursday
D. Friday
SOLUTION :
First we look for the leap years during this period 1997, 1998, 1999 are not leap years
1998 and 1999 together have net 2 odd days
No. of days remaining in 1997 = 365 âEUR" 16 = 349 days
= 49 weeks 6 odd days
January 4, 2000 gives 4 odd days
Total no. of odd days = 2 + 6 + 4 = 12 days = 7 days (1 week) + 5 odd days
Hence, January 4, 2000 will be 5 days beyond Thursday i.e., it will be on Tuesday.
Page 86
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.244 January 1, 2008 is Tuesday. What day of the week lies on Jan 1, 2009?
A. Tuesday
B. Wednesday
C. Thursday
D. Friday
SOLUTION :
The year 2008 is a leap year. So, it has 2 odd days.
1st day of the year 2008 is Tuesday (Given)
So, 1st day of the year 2009 is 2 days beyond Tuesday.
Hence, it will be Thursday.
Q.245 On January 12, 1980, it was Saturday. The day of the week on January 12, 1979
was:
A. A.Tuesday
B. B.Wednesday
C. C.Thursday
D. D.Friday
SOLUTION :
The year 1979 being an ordinary year, it has 1 odd day. So, the day on 12th January 1980,
is one day beyond the day on 12th January, 1979
But January 12, 1980 being Saturday
January 12, 1979 was Friday.
Q.246 The year next to 1991 having the same calendar as that of 1990 is:
A. 1991
B. 1999
C. 2002
D. 2006
SOLUTION :
We go on counting the odd days from 1991 onwards till the sum is divisible by 7. The
number of such days are 14 upto the year 2001.
So, the calendar for 1991 will be repeated in the year 2002.
Q.247 Monday falls on 4th April, 1988. What was the day of 3rd November, 1987?
A. Tuesday
B. Wednesday
C. Thursday
D. Friday
Page 87
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Counting the number of days after 3rd November, 1987 we have
Nov., Dec., Jan., Feb. , March, April
Days = 27 + 31 + 31 + 29 + 31 + 4 = 153 days containing 6 odd days
i.e., (7 âEUR" 6) = 1 day beyond the day on 4th April, 1988 So, the day was Tuesday.
Q.248 The year next to 1990 having the same calendar as that of 1988 is:
A. 1991
B. 1993
C. 1995
D. 1997
ANSWER : Option B
SOLUTION :
Starting with 1988, we go on counting the number of odd days till the sum is divisible by 7
Year 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992
Odd days 2 1 1 1 2 = 7 i.e., odd days.
Calendar for 1993 is the same as that of 1988.
Q.249 It was Sunday on Jan 1, 2006. What was the day of the week Jan 1, 2010?
[ RRB 2001]
A. Sunday
B. Saturday
C. Friday
D. Wednesday
ANSWER : Option C Friday
SOLUTION :
On 31st December, 2005 it was Saturday.
Number of odd days from the year 2006 to the year 2009 = (1 + 1 + 2 + 1) = 5 days.
On 31st December 2009, it was Thursday.
Thus, on 1st Jan, 2010 it is Friday.
Q.250 What was the day of the week on 28th May, 2006?
A. Thursday
B. Friday
C. Saturday
D. Sunday
ANSWER : Option D Sunday
SOLUTION :
28 May, 2006 = (2005 years + Period from 1.1.2006 to 28.5.2006)
5 years = (4 ordinary years + 1 leap year) = (4 x 1 + 1 x 2) 6 odd days
Jan. Feb. March April May
Page 88
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
(31 + 28 + 31 + 30 + 28 ) = 148 days
148 days = (21 weeks + 1 day) 1 odd day.
Total number of odd days = (0 + 0 + 6 + 1) = 7 0 odd day.
Given day is Sunday.
Q.251 Two parallel sides of a trapezium are 4 cm and 5 cm respectively. The perpendicular
distance between the parallel sides is 6 cm. Find the area of the trapezium.
A. 27
B. 31
C. 45
D. 49
SOLUTION :
Area of trapezium when height and two parallel sides are given = 12~A-h~A-(a+b)
= 12 x 6 x (4 + 5)
= 27cm2
Q.252 If perimeter and area of a square are equal. Side of the square (in cm) is:
A. 2
B. 4
C. 6
D. 8
ANSWER : Option B 4
SOLUTION :
Given, (Side)2 = 4 x (Side)
Therefore, Side = 4 cm
Q.253 A rectangular parking space is marked out by painting three of its sides.If the length
of the unpainted side is 9 feet, and the sum of the lengths of the painted sides is 37 feet,
then what is the area of the parking space in square feet?
A. 126
B. 138
C. 142
D. 156
SOLUTION :
Clearly, we have l=9 and l+2b=37, b=14
Area = (9 x 14) sq. ft.
= 126 sq. ft.
Q.254 The ratio between the length and the breadth of a rectangular park is 3 : 2. If a man
cycling along the boundary of the park at the speed of 12 km/hr completes one round in 8
Page 89
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
minutes, then the area of the park (in sq. m) is:
A. 15360
B. 153600
C. 30150
D. 301500
SOLUTION :
Perimeter = Distance covered in 8 min. = (12000/60x8) m =1600 m.
Let length = 3x metres and breadth = 2x metres.
Then, 2(3x + 2x) = 1600 or x = 160.
Length = 480 m and Breadth = 320 m.
Area = (480 x 320) m2 = 153600 m2.
Q.255 The breadth of a rectangular field is 60% of its length. If the perimeter of the field is
800 m. What is the area of the field?
A. 37500
B. 35700
C. 36500
D. 35600
SOLUTION :
Given, perimeter = 800
2(L + B) = 800
2(L + 60%L) = 800
L = 250 m
Area = 250 x 150 m2
= 37500 m2
Q.256 An error 2% in excess is made while measuring the side of a square. The percentage
of error in the calculated area of the square is:
A. 2%
B. 2.02%
C. 4%
D. 4.04%
ANSWER : Option D 4.04%
SOLUTION :
100 cm is read as 102 cm.
A1 = (100 x 100) cm2 and A2 (102 x 102) cm2.
(A2 - A1) = [(102)2 - (100)2]
= (102 + 100) x (102 - 100)
= 404 cm2.
Percentage error = [(404/100x100)x 100]%
= 4.04%
Page 90
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.257 The length of a rectangular hall is 5m more than its breadth. The area of the hall is
750 m. The length of the hall is
A. 25
B. 27
C. 31
D. 37
SOLUTION :
Let the length = x metres.
Then length = (x +5) metres.
Then, x(x +5) = 750
X2 + 5x âEUR" 750 = 0
(x + 30) (x âEUR" 25) = 0
X = 25.
Q.258 The ratio between the perimeter and the breadth of a rectangle is 5 : 1. If the area of
the rectangle is 216 sq. cm, what is the length of the rectangle?
A. 16
B. 18
C. 20
D. 22
SOLUTION :
2(l+b)/b = 5/1
2l + 2b = 5b
3b = 2l
b = 2/3l
Then, Area = 216 cm2
l x b = 216
l x2/3l= 216
l2 = 324
l = 18 cm.
Q.259 In a rhombus, whose area is 144 sq.cim, one of its diagonals is twice as long as the
other. The length of its diagonals are :
A. 24 cm, 48 cm
B. 12 cm, 24 cm
C. 62 cm, 12cm
D. 6 cm, 12 cm
ANSWER : Option B 12 cm, 24 cm
SOLUTION :
12~A-x~A-2x=144
x2=144 or x = 12
Page 91
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Length of diagonals = 12cm, 24cm
Q.260 The area of a rectangle is 460 square metres. If the length is 15% more than the
breadth, what is the breadth of the rectangular field?
A. 20
B. 22
C. 24
D. 26
SOLUTION :
Let breadth =x metres.
Then length =(115x/100)metres.
=(x) x(115 /100)= 460
xÂ^2=(460 x 100/115).
xÂ^2 = 400, x = 20
Q.261 The percentage increase in the area of a rectangle, if each of its sides is increased
by 20% is:
A. 39%
B. 40%
C. 44%
D. 52%
ANSWER : Option C 44%
SOLUTION :
Let original length = x metres and original breadth = y metres.
Original area = (xy) m2.
New length =(120/100x)m =(6/5x)m
New breadth =(120/100y)m =(6/5y)m
New Area = (6/5x x 6/5y)m2 = (36/25xy) m2
The difference between the original area = xy and new-area 36/25 xy is
= (36/25)xy âEUR" xy
= xy(36/25 - 1)
= xy(11/25) or (11/25)xy
Increase % = (11/25xy x 1/xy x 100)% = 44%
Q.262 A rectangular field is to be fenced on three sides leaving a side of 20 feet uncovred.If
the area of the field is 680 sq.ft, how many feet of fencing will be required?
A. 55
B. 66
C. 77
D. 88
SOLUTION :
Page 92
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
We have: L =20 ft and lb = 680 sq.ft
b = 34 ft
Length of fencing = (l + 2b)
= (20 + 68) ft.
= 88 ft.
Q.263 2 metres broad pathway is to be constructed around a rectangular plot on the inside.
The area of the plots is 96 sq.m. The rate of construction is Rs. 50 per square metre. Find
the total cost of the construction?
A. 4200
B. 4400
C. Data inadequate
D. none
ANSWER : Option C Data inadequate
SOLUTION :
Given lb =96
Area of pathway = [(l-4)(b-4)-lb]
= 16-4(l+b)
Which can not be determined.so, data is inadequate.
Q.264 The diameter of the wheel of a vehicle is 5 metre. It makes 7 revolutions per 9
seconds. What is speed of the vehicle in km/h?
A. 34
B. 38
C. 44
D. 48
SOLUTION :
Radius of the wheel = 52 metre
Distance covered in 1 revolution = Circumference of the wheel = 2*3.14*r =
2 x 227~A-52 metre
Therefore, Distance covered in one second = 2 x 227~A-52~A-79 metre
Therefore, Speed per hour = 2 x 227~A-52~A-79~A-185 = 44 km/h
Q.265 A field is 40 metre long and 35 metre wide. The field is surrounded by a path of
uniform width of 2.5 metre runs round it on the outside. Find the area of the path.
A. 400
B. 450
C. 560
D. 600
Page 93
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Remember the formula for the Area of path
= 2 x Width x [Length + Breadth + (2 x Width)]
= 2 x 25 x (40 + 35 + 2 x 2.5)
= 5 x (75 + 5) = 400 m2
Q.266 Find area of uniform path of width 2 metre running from centre of each side of the
opposite side of a rectangle field measuring 17 metre by 12 metre.
A. 38
B. 44
C. 54
D. 68
SOLUTION :
Remember the formula for the Area of path
= Width of path x (Length of field + Breadth of field) - (Width of path)2
= 2 x (17 + 12) - (2)2
= 58 - 4 = 54 m2
Q.267 A rectangular park 60 m long and 40 m wide has two concrete crossroads running in
the middle of the park and rest of the park has been used as a lawn. If the area of the lawn
is 2109 sq. m, then what is the width of the road?
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
ANSWER : Option
SOLUTION :
Area of the park = (60 x 40) m2 = 2400 m2.
Area of the lawn = 2109 m2.
Area of the crossroads = (2400 - 2109) m2 = 291 m2.
Let the width of the road be x metres. Then,
60x + 40x - x^2 = 291
x2 - 100x + 291 = 0
(x - 97)(x - 3) = 0
X = 3
Q.268 If the area of a rectangular plot increases by 30% while its breadth remains same,
what will be the ratio of the areas of new and old figures?
A. 10:13
B. 13:10
C. 12:10
D. 10:12
Page 94
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Let original length = x and original breadth = y
Then, original area = xy.
New length = 130x/ 100 = 13x/10
New breadth = y
New Area = (13x/10 y) = 13xy/10
Required ratio = (13xy/10/xy) =13/10 = 13:10
Q.269 The ratio between the largest and the breadth of a rectangular field is 3 : 2. If only the
length is increased by 5 metres, the new area of the field will be 2600 sq. metres. What is
the breadth of the rectangular field?
A. 20
B. 27
C. 36
D. 40
ANSWER : Option D
SOLUTION :
Let length = (3x) metres and breadth = (2x) metres.
Then, (3x + 5) x 2x = 2600
6x^2 + 10x - 2600 = 0
3x^2 + 5x - 1300 = 0
3x^2 + 5x - 1300 = 0
(3x + 65) (x - 20) = 0
X = 20
Breadth = 2x = 40 m
Q.270 The length of a rope by which a cow must be tethered in order that she may be able
to graze an area of 9856 sq.m.is:
A. 56 m
B. 64 m
C. 88 m
D. 168 m
SOLUTION :
Grazing area is equal to the area of a circle with radius r.
22/7~A-r^2=9856
Then r^2=(9856~A-7/22)
r = 56 m
Q.271 A towel, when bleached, was found to have lost 20% of its length and 10% of its
breadth. The percentage of decrease in area is:
A. 28%
B. 34%
Page 95
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
C. 42%
D. 56%
ANSWER : Option A 28%
SOLUTION :
Let original length = x and original breadth = y.
Decrease in area = xy âEUR" (80x/100 x 90y/100)
= (xy âEUR" 18/25 xy)
= 7/25 xy.
Decrease % = (7/25 xy x 1/xy x 100) % = 28%
Q.272 What is the least number of squares tiles required to pave the floor of a room 15 m
17 cm long and 9 m 2 cm broad?
A. 768
B. 814
C. 843
D. 872
SOLUTION :
Length of largest tile = H.C.F. of 1517 cm and 902 cm = 41 cm.
Area of each tile = (41 x 41) cm2.
Required number of tiles = (1517 x 902/41 x 41) = 814.
Q.273 A typist uses a sheet measuring 20cm by 30cm lengthwise.If a margin of 2 cm is left
on each side and a 3 cm margin on top and bottom, then percent of the page used for
typing is
A. 46
B. 53
C. 64
D. 55
SOLUTION :
Area of the sheet= (20 x 30 ) cmÂ^2
= 600 cmÂ^2
Area used for typing= [(20 - 4) x (30 - 6)] cmÂ^2
= 384 cm2
Required percentage = (384/600x100)%
= 64%
Q.274 The length of a room is 5.5 m and width is 3.75 m. Find the cost of paying the floor
by slabs at the rate of Rs. 800 per sq.metre.
A. 15500
B. 16000
C. 16250
Page 96
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. 16500
SOLUTION :
Area of the floor= (5.5 x 3.75)mÂ^2
= 20.635m Â^2
Cost of paying= Rs. (800 x 20.625)
= Rs.16500.
Q.275 A hall 20m long and 15m broad is surrounded by a veranda of uniform width of 2.5m.
The cost of flooring the veranda at the rate of Rs.3.50 per sq. metre is :
A. Rs.500
B. Rs.600
C. Rs.700
D. Rs.800
SOLUTION :
Area of veranda = [(25~A-20)-(20~A-15)]m^2=200 m^2
Cost of flooring = Rs.(200~A-3.50) = Rs.700
Q.276 The length of a rectangular plot is 60% more than its breadth. If the difference
between the length and the breadth of that rectangle is 24 cm, what is the area of that
rectangle?
A. 2480
B. 2560
C. 2690
D. 2720
SOLUTION :
Let breadth = x cm. Then, length = (160x/100) cm = 8/5 cm
So, 8x/5 âEUR" x = 24
3x/5 = 24
X = (24 x 5/3) = 40
Length = 64 cm, Breadth = 40 cm.
Area = (64 x 40) cm2 = 2560 cm^2
Q.277 A park square in shape has a 3 meter wide road inside it running along its sides. The
area occupied by the road is 1764 square meters. What is the perimeter along the outer
edge of the road?
A. 450
B. 525
C. 600
D. 635
Page 97
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Let the length of the outer edge be x meters.
Then, length of the inner edge = (x âEUR" 6) m.
x2 - (x - 6)2 = 1764
x2 - (x2 - 12x + 36) = 1764
12x = 1800
X = 150
Required perimeter = (4x) m = (4 x 150) m = 600 m.
Q.278 A triangle and a parallelogram are constructed on the same base such that their
areas are equal. If the altitude of the parallelogram is 100 m , then the altitude of the triangle
is
A. 200
B. 225
C. 250
D. 300
SOLUTION :
Let the altitude of the triangle be h~A
Q.279 A circular wire of radius 42 cm is cut and bent in the form of a rectangle whose sides
are in the ratio of 6:5. The smaller side of the rectangle is :
A. 30cm
B. 60cm
C. 72cm
D. 132cm
ANSWER : Option B 60cm
SOLUTION :
Circumference = (2~A-22/7~A-42) cm = 264 cm
Let the rectangle sides are 6x, 5x. Then circumference is
2~A-(6x+5x)=264 or x = 12
Smaller side of rectangle = 5x = 60 cm.
Q.280 Area of square with side x is equal to the area of a triangle with base x . The altitude
of the triangle is :
A. x/2
B. x
C. 2x
D. 4x
ANSWER : Option C 2x
SOLUTION :
x^2 =1/2 ~A- x ~A- h or h = 2x^2/x = 2x
Page 98
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.281 The difference between the length and breadth of a rectangle is 23 m. If its perimeter
is 206 m, then its area is:
A. 2520 m2
B. 2580 m2
C. 2670 m2
D. 2710 m2
ANSWER : Option A 2520 m2
SOLUTION :
We have: (l - b) = 23 and 2(l + b) = 206 or (l + b) = 103.
Solving the two equations, we get: l = 63 and b = 40.
Area = (l x b) = (63 x 40) m2 = 2520 m2.
Q.282 The sides of a rectangular field are in the ratio 3 : 4. If the area of the field is 7500 sq.
m, the cost of fencing the field @ 25 paisa per meter is:
A. 82.50
B. 87.50
C. 91.50
D. 97.50
SOLUTION :
Let length = (3x) meters and breadth = (4x) meters.
Then, 3x x 4x = 7500
12x2 = 7500
x2 = 625
x = 25
So, length = 75 m and breadth = 100 m.
Perimeter = [2 (75 + 100)] m = 350 m.
Cost of fencing = Rs. (0.25 x 350) = Rs. 87.50.
Q.283 A rectangular lawn 55 m by 35 m has two roads each 4 m wide running in the middle
of it, one parallel to length and the other parallel to breadth. The cost of gravelling the roads
at 75 paisa per sq. meter is:
A. 228
B. 248
C. 258
D. 268
SOLUTION :
Area of crossroads = (55 x 4 + 35 x 4 - 4 x 4) m2 = 344 m2
Cost of gravelling = Rs. (344 x 75/100) = Rs. 258.
Q.284 The length of a rectangular plot is 20 meters more than its breadth. If the cost of
fencing the plot @ 26.50 per meter is Rs. 5300, what is the length of the plot in meters?
Page 99
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
A. 60
B. 65
C. 70
D. 76
SOLUTION :
Let breadth = x meters.
Then, length = (x + 20) meters.
Perimeter = (5300/26.50) m = 200 m.
2[(x + 20) + x] = 200
2x + 20 = 100
2x = 80
X = 40
Hence, length = x + 20 = 60 m.
Q.285 2 meters broad pathway is to constructed around a rectangular plot on the inside.
The area of the plot is 96 sq. m. The rate of construction is Rs. 50 per square metre. Find
the total cost of the construction.
A. .3600
B. 4255
C. Data inadequate
D. None.
ANSWER : Option C Data inadequate
SOLUTION :
lb = 96 (Given).
Area of pathway = [(l + 4) - lb] = 16 - 4 (l + b). which cannot be determined.
So, data is inadequate.
Q.286 36.The perimeter of a square is 48 cm. The area of a rectangle is 4 cm2 less than
the area of the square. If the length of the rectangle is 14 cm, then its perimeter is:
A. 42
B. 48
C. 52
D. 56
SOLUTION :
Side of the square = 12 cm. Area of the rectangle = [(12 x 12) âEUR" 4] cm2 = 140 cm2
Now, area = 140 cm², length = 14 cm.
Breadth = A/L = 140/14 cm. = 10 cm.
Hence, Perimeter = 2 (l + b) = 2 (14 + 10) cm = 48 cm.
Q.287 A rectangular field is to be fenced on three sides leaving a side of 20 feet uncovered.
Page 100
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
If the area of the field is 680 sq. feet, how many feet of fencing will be required?
A. 66
B. 77
C. 88
D. 99
SOLUTION :
We have: l = 20 ft and lb = 680 sq. ft.
So, b = 34 ft.
Length of fencing = (l + 2b) = (20 + 68) ft = 88 ft.
Q.288 A tank is 25 m long, 12 m wide and 6 m deep. The cost of plastering its walls and
bottom at 75 paisa per sq. m, is:
A. Rs. 458
B. Rs. 485
C. Rs. 585
D. Rs. 558
ANSWER : Option D Rs. 558
SOLUTION :
Area to be plastered = [2(l + b) x h] + (l x b)
= {[2(25 + 12) x 6] + (25 x 12)} m²
= (444 + 300) m2
= 744 m².
Cost of plastering = Rs. (744 x 75/100) = Rs. 558.
Q.289 The length of a rectangle is twice its breadth. If its length is decreased by 5 cm and
the breadth is increased by 5 cm, the area of the rectangle is increased by 75 cm².
Therefore, the length of the rectangle is :
A. 20 cm
B. 30 cm
C. 40 cm
D. 50 cm
ANSWER : Option C 40 cm
SOLUTION :
Let breadth = x cm and length = (2x) cm
Then. (2x-5)(x+5) - x~A-2x=75
2x²+5x-25-2x²=75 or 5x = 100 or x = 20
Length = (2x)cm = 40 cm.
Q.290 A rectangle has 15 cm as its length and 150 cm² as its area. Its area is
increased to 113 times the original area by increasing only its length of its new perimeter is :
A. 50 cm
Page 101
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
B. B
C. 70 cm
D. 80 cm
ANSWER : Option B B
SOLUTION :
Breadth of the rectangle = (15015) cm=10 cm
New area = (43~A-150)cm²=200cm²
New length = (20010)cm=20cm
New perimeter = 2(20+10)cm = 60 cm
Q.291 The perimeter of a rhombus are 24 cm and 10 cm, the area and the perimeter of the
rhombus is
A. 70
B. 74
C. 78
D. 86
SOLUTION :
Perimeter of the rhombus = 56 m
Each side of the rhombus = 56 / 4 m
= 14 m.
Height of the rhombus = 5m.
Area = (14 x 5) m² = 70 m²
Q.292 The difference of the areas of two squares drawn on two line segments of different
lengths is 32 sq .cm. Find the length of the greater line segment if one is longer than the
other by 2cm.
A. 7
B. 9
C. 11
D. 13
ANSWER : Option B 9
SOLUTION :
Let the lengths of the line segments be x cm and (x + 2) cm.
Then (x+2)² - x² = 32
x²+4x+4-x² = 32
4x = 28, x = 7.
Length of longer line segment = (7 + 2) cm, = 9 cm.
Q.293 The length and breadth of a square are increased by 40% and 30% respectively. The
Page 102
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
area of the resulting rectangle exceeds the area of the square by :
A. 42%
B. 62%
C. 82%
D. None of these
SOLUTION :
Let the side of the square = 100 m
New length = 140 m. new breadth = 130 m
Increase in area =[(140~A-130)-(100~A-100)]m² = 8200 m²
Increase percent = (8200100~A-100~A-100)% = 82%
Q.294 A hall 20m long and 15m broad is surrounded by a verandah of uniform width of
2.5m. The cost of flooring the verandah at the rate of Rs.3.50 per sq. meter is :
A. Rs.500
B. Rs.600
C. Rs.650
D. Rs.700
ANSWER : Option D Rs.700
SOLUTION :
Area of verandah = [(25~A-20)?(20~A-15)]m²=200 m²
Cost of flooring = Rs.(200~A-3.50) = Rs.700
Q.295 If the ratio of the areas of two squares is 9:1, the ratio of their perimeters is :
A. 9:1
B. 3:1
C. 3:4
D. 1:3
SOLUTION :
Let the areas of squares be : (9x²)m²and (x²)m²
Then, their sides are SQRTOF(9x²), SQRTOF(x²) or (3x) meters &
x meters respectively.
Q.296 The difference between the length and breadth of a rectangle is 23 m. If its perimeter
is 206 m, then its area is:
A. 2520 m²
B. 2620 m²
C. 2720 m²
Page 103
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. 2820m²
ANSWER : Option A 2520 m²
SOLUTION :
We have : (l - b) = 23 and 2 (l + b) = 206 or (l + b) = 103.
Solving the two equations, we get : l = 63 and b = 40
Area = (l x b) = (63 x 40) m² = 2520 m²
Q.297 If the length and breadth of a rectangular room are each increased by 1 m, then the
area of floor is increased by 21 sq. m. If the length is creased by 1 m and breadth is
decreased by 1m, then the area is decreased by 5 sq. m. The perimeter of the floor is:
A. 27
B. 35
C. 40
D. 49
SOLUTION :
Let length = x meters and breadth = y meters.
Then,
(x + 1) (y + 1) - xy = 21
x + y = 20 âEUR|âEUR|âEUR|âEUR|âEUR|âEUR|1
And, xy - [(x + 1) (y - 1)] = 5
x - y = 6 âEUR|âEUR|âEUR|âEUR|âEUR|âEUR|..2
Solving (i) and (ii), we get : x = 13 and y = 7
So, length = 13 m and breadth = 7 m.
Perimeter = [2 (13 + 7)] m = 40 m.
Q.298 The length of a rectangular room is 4 meters. If it can be partitioned into two equal
square rooms, what is the length of each partition in meters?
A. 1
B. 2
C. 4
D. Data inadequate.
ANSWER : Option B 2
SOLUTION :
Let the side of each new room = y meters.
Then, y²=2x
Clearly, 2x is a complete square when x = 2
y²=4 or y = 2 m
Q.299 The length and breadth of a square are increased by 40% and 30% respectively. The
area of the resulting rectangle exceeds the area of the square by :
A. 42%
B. 62%
Page 104
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
C. 82%
D. None of these
SOLUTION :
Let the side of the square = 100 m
New length = 140 m. new breadth = 130 m
Increase in area =[(140~A-130)-(100~A-100)]m²: = 8200 m²
Increase percent = (8200100~A-100~A-100)% = 82%
Q.300 The chances of rolling a "4" on a die. What probability it is,
A. 1/2
B. 1/3
C. 1/5
D. 1/6
SOLUTION :
Number of ways it can happen: 1 (there is only 1 face with a "4" on it)
Total number of outcomes: 6 (there are 6 faces altogether)
So the probability = 1/6.
Q.301 There are 5 marbles in a bag: 4 are blue, and 1 is red. What is the probability that a
blue marble will be picked?
A. 0.2
B. 0.4
C. 0.8
D. 0.12
SOLUTION :
Number of ways it can happen: 4 (there are 4 blues)
Total number of outcomes: 5 (there are 5 marbles in total)
So the probability = 4/5 = 0.8
Q.302 A die is thrown once. What is the probability that the score is a factor of 6?
A. 1/6
B. 1/2
C. 1
D. 2/3
SOLUTION :
The factors of six are 1, 2, 3 and 6, so the Number of ways it can happen = 4
There are six possible scores when a die is thrown, so the Total number of outcomes = 6
So the probability that the score is a factor of six = 4/6 = 2/3
Page 105
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.303 A die is rolled, find the probability that an even number is obtained.
A. 1/2
B. 1/4
C. 1/7
D. 1/9
ANSWER : Option A 1/2
SOLUTION :
Let us first write the sample space S of the experiment.
S = {1,2,3,4,5,6}
Let E be the event "an even number is obtained" and write it down.
E = {2,4,6}
We now use the formula of the classical probability.
P(E) = n(E) / n(S) = 3 / 6 = 1 / 2
Q.304 Two coins are tossed, find the probability that two heads are obtained.
A. 1/2
B. 1/4
C. 1/6
D. 1/8
ANSWER : Option B 1/4
SOLUTION :
Each coin has two possible outcomes H (heads) and T (Tails).The sample space S is given
by.
S = {(H,T),(H,H),(T,H),(T,T)}
Let E be the event "two heads are obtained".
E = {(H,H)}
We use the formula of the classical probability.
P(E) = n(E) / n(S) = 1 / 4
Q.305 A die is rolled and a coin is tossed, find the probability that the die shows an odd
number and the coin shows a head.
A. 0
B. 17
C. 1/2
D. 1/4
SOLUTION :
The sample space S of the experiment described in question 5 is as follows
S = { (1,H),(2,H),(3,H),(4,H),(5,H),(6,H)
(1,T),(2,T),(3,T),(4,T),(5,T),(6,T)}
Let E be the event "the die shows an odd number and the coin shows a head". Event E may
be described as follows
Page 106
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
E={(1,H),(3,H),(5,H)}
The probability P(E) is given by
Q.306 7.Each of the letters of the word MISSISSIPPI are written on separate pieces of
paper that are then folded, put in a hat, and mixed thoroughly.
One piece of paper is chosen (without looking) from the hat. What is the probability it is an
I?

A. 4/11
B. 2/5
C. 1/3
D. 1/4
SOLUTION :
There are 4 I's in the word MISSISSIPPI, so the Number of ways it can happen = 4
There are 11 letters altogether in the word MISSISSIPPI, so the Total number of outcomes
= 11
So the probability the letter chosen is an I = 4/11
Q.307 The chances of rolling a "4" on a die. What probability it is,
A. 1/2
B. 1/3
C. 1/5
D. 1/6
SOLUTION :
Number of ways it can happen: 1 (there is only 1 face with a "4" on it)
Total number of outcomes: 6 (there are 6 faces altogether)
So the probability = 1/6.
Q.308 There are 5 marbles in a bag: 4 are blue, and 1 is red. What is the probability that a
blue marble will be picked?
A. 0.2
B. 0.4
C. 0.8
D. 0.12
SOLUTION :
Number of ways it can happen: 4 (there are 4 blues)
Total number of outcomes: 5 (there are 5 marbles in total)
So the probability = 4/5 = 0.8
Page 107
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.309 A die is thrown once. What is the probability that the score is a factor of 6?
A. 1/6
B. 1/2
C. 1
D. 2/3
SOLUTION :
The factors of six are 1, 2, 3 and 6, so the Number of ways it can happen = 4
There are six possible scores when a die is thrown, so the Total number of outcomes = 6
So the probability that the score is a factor of six = 4/6 = 2/3
Q.310 A die is rolled, find the probability that an even number is obtained.
A. 1/2
B. 1/4
C. 1/7
D. 1/9
SOLUTION :
Let us first write the sample space S of the experiment.
S = {1,2,3,4,5,6}
Let E be the event "an even number is obtained" and write it down.
E = {2,4,6}
We now use the formula of the classical probability.
P(E) = n(E) / n(S) = 3 / 6 = 1 / 2
5. Two coins are tossed, find the probability that two heads are obtained.
Q.311 Two coins are tossed, find the probability that two heads are obtained.
A. 1/2
B. 1/4
C. 1/6
D. 1/8
SOLUTION :
Each coin has two possible outcomes H (heads) and T (Tails).The sample space S is given
by.
S = {(H,T),(H,H),(T,H),(T,T)}
Let E be the event "two heads are obtained".
E = {(H,H)}
We use the formula of the classical probability.
P(E) = n(E) / n(S) = 1 / 4
Q.312 A die is rolled and a coin is tossed, find the probability that the die shows an odd
number and the coin shows a head.
Page 108
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
A. 0
B. 1
C. 1/2
D. 1/4
SOLUTION :
The sample space S of the experiment described in question 5 is as follows
S = { (1,H),(2,H),(3,H),(4,H),(5,H),(6,H)
(1,T),(2,T),(3,T),(4,T),(5,T),(6,T)}
Let E be the event "the die shows an odd number and the coin shows a head". Event E may
be described as follows
E={(1,H),(3,H),(5,H)}
The probability P(E) is given by
P(E) = n(E) / n(S) = 3 / 12 = 1 / 4
Q.313 7.Each of the letters of the word MISSISSIPPI are written on separate pieces of
paper that are then folded, put in a hat, and mixed thoroughly.
One piece of paper is chosen (without looking) from the hat. What is the probability it is an
I?

A. 4/11
B. 2/5
C. 1/3
D. 1/4
SOLUTION :
There are 4 I's in the word MISSISSIPPI, so the Number of ways it can happen = 4
There are 11 letters altogether in the word MISSISSIPPI, so the Total number of outcomes
= 11
So the probability the letter chosen is an I = 4/11
Q.314 In a lottery, there are 10 prizes and 25 blanks. A lottery is drawn at random. What is
the probability of getting a prize?
A. 1/7
B. 2/7
C. 3/7
D. 5/7
SOLUTION :
P(getting a prize) =10/(10+25) = 10/35 = 2/7.
Page 109
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.315 Tickets numbered 1 to 20 are mixed up and then a ticket is drawn at random. What is
the probability that the ticket drawn has a number which is a multiple of 3 or 5?
A. 8/15
B. 7/12
C. 9/20
D. .3/10
ANSWER : Option C 9/20
SOLUTION :
Here, S = {1, 2, 3, 4, ...., 19, 20}.
Let E = event of getting a multiple of 3 or 5 = {3, 6 , 9, 12, 15, 18, 5, 10, 20}.
P(E) = n(E)/n(S) = 9/20
Q.316 Three unbiased coins are tossed. What is the probability of getting at least 2 heads?
A. 1/4
B. 7/12
C. 9/20
D. 3/10
SOLUTION :
Here, S = {1, 2, 3, 4, ...., 19, 20}.
Let E = event of getting a multiple of 3 or 5 = {3, 6 , 9, 12, 15, 18, 5, 10, 20}.
P(E) = n(E)/n(S) = 9/20
Q.317 Three unbiased coins are tossed. What is the probability of getting at least 2 heads?
A. 1/4
B. 1/3
C. 1/8
D. 1/2
SOLUTION :
Here S = {TTT, TTH, THT, HTT, THH, HTH, HHT, HHH}
Let E = Event of getting at least two heads = {THH, HTH, HHT, HHH}
P(E) = n(E)/n(S)
= 4/8 =1/2.
Q.318 Two brother X and Y appeared for an exam. The probability of selection of X is 1/7
and that of B is 2/9. Find the probability that both of them are selected.
A. 2/30
B. 2/63
C. 2/43
D. 2/55
Page 110
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Let A be the event that X is selected and B is the event that Y is selected.
P(A) + P(B) = 1/7, P(B) = 2/9.
P(C) =P(A)xP(B) as A & B are independent events:
= 1/7 x 2/9 = 2/63
Q.319 What is the probability that a two digit number selected at random will be a multiple
of '3' and not a multiple of '5'?
A. 2/15
B. 1/15
C. 4/15
D. 4/90
SOLUTION :
There are a total of 90 two digit numbers. Every third number will be divisible by '3'.
Therefore, there are 30 of those numbers that are divisible by '3'.
Of these 30 numbers, the numbers that are divisible by '5' are those that are multiples of
'15'. i.e. numbers that are divisible by both '3' and '5'. There are 6 such numbers -- 15, 30,
45, 60, 75 and 90.
We need to find out numbers that are divisible by '3' and not by '5', which will be 30 - 6 = 24.
24 out of the 90 numbers are divisible by '3' and not by '5'.
The required probability is therefore, = 24/90 = 4/15.
Q.320 What is the probability that a two digit number selected at random will be a multiple
of '3' and not a multiple of '5'?
A. 2/15
B. 1/15
C. 4/15
D. 4/90
SOLUTION :
There are a total of 90 two digit numbers. Every third number will be divisible by '3'.
Therefore, there are 30 of those numbers that are divisible by '3'.
Of these 30 numbers, the numbers that are divisible by '5' are those that are multiples of
'15'. i.e. numbers that are divisible by both '3' and '5'. There are 6 such numbers -- 15, 30,
45, 60, 75 and 90.
We need to find out numbers that are divisible by '3' and not by '5', which will be 30 - 6 = 24.
24 out of the 90 numbers are divisible by '3' and not by '5'.
The required probability is therefore, = 24/90 = 4/15.
Q.321 In a simultaneous throw of two dice, what is the probability of getting a total of 10 or
11?
A. 5/36
B. B.1/4
Page 111
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
C. C.7/36
D. D.5/12
SOLUTION :
In a simultaneous throw of two dice, we have n (S) = (6x6)
= 36.
Let, E = event of getting total 10 or 11 = {(4,6), (5,5),
(6,4), (5,6), (6,5)}
P(E) = n(E)/n(S) = 5/36
Q.322 There are four hotels in a town. If 3 men check into the hotels in a day then what is
the probability that each checks into a different hotel?
A. 6/7
B. 1/8
C. 3/8
D. 5/9
SOLUTION :
Total cases of checking in the hotels =43 ways.
Cases when 3 men are checking in different hotels =4~A-3~A-2=24 ways.
Required probability = 24/(4)^3 = 3/8.
Q.323 A bag contains 12 white and 18 black balls. Two balls are drawn in succession
without replacement. What is the probability that first is white and second is black?
A. 18/29
B. 36/135
C. 36/145
D. 36/145
SOLUTION :
The probability that first ball is white: = 12C1/30C1 = 12/30 = 2/5
Since, the ball is not replaced; hence the number of balls left in bag is 29.
Hence the probability the second ball is black:
=²18C1/²29C1 = 18/29
Required probability is = (2/5)x(18/29)
=18/145.
Q.324 Two cards are drawn from a pack of 52 cards. The probability that either both are red
or both are kings, is:
A. 55/221
B. 73/221
C. 9/13
D. 7/26
Page 112
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Clearly, n(S) = ²52C2 = (52x51)/2 = 1326
Let E1 = event of getting both red cards,
E2 = event of getting both kings
Then, E1 ?E2 = event of getting 2 kings of red cards.
n(E1) = ²26C2 = (26x25)/2 =325
n(E2) = ²4C2 = (4x3) /2 = 6
n(E1 ? E2) = ²2C2 = 1
P(E1) = n(E1)/n(S) = 325/1326,
P(E2) = n(E2)/n(S) =6/1326
P(E1? E2) =1/1326
P(both red or both kings) = P(E1 ? E2)
= P(E1) + P(E2) = P(E1 ?E2)
= (325/1326+6/1326-6/1326)
= 330/1326
= 55/221
Q.325 At what angle the hands of a clock are inclined at 15 minutes past 4 ?
A. 36°
B. 36.5°
C. 37°
D. 37.5°
ANSWER : Option D 37.5°
SOLUTION :
15 minutes past 4= 4 + 15 / 60 = 17 / 4 hrs
Angle traced by hour hand in 12 hours = 360°
Angle traced by hour hand in 17/4 hours =(360/12*17/4)°=12.57°
angle traced by min hand in 15 min(360/60*15)°=90°
Required angle = (127.5 âEUR" 90)° = 37.50°
Q.326 Find the angle between the hour hand and the minute hand of a clock when the time
is 3.25.
A. 132.5Â^0
B. 47.5Â^0
C. 150Â^0
D. 102.5Â^0
ANSWER : Option B 47.5Â^0
SOLUTION :
Angle traced by the hour hand in 12 hours = 360Â^0.
Angle traced by it in 3 hrs 25 min. i.e. 41/12 hrs = [360 / 12 * 41/12] = 102.5Â^0
Angle traced by minute hand in 60 min. = 360Â^0.
Angle traced by it in 25 min. = [360 / 60 * 25]Â^0 = 150Â^0.
Page 113
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
? Required angle = [150Â^0 - 102.5Â^0] = 47.5Â^0.
Q.327 How many times in a day, the hands of a clock are straight?
A. 22
B. 24
C. 44
D. 48
SOLUTION :
In 12 hours, the hands coincide or are in opposite direction 22 times.
In 24 hours, the hands coincide or are in opposite direction 44 times a day.
Q.328 How many times in a day, are the hands of a clock in straight line but opposite in
direction?
A. 22
B. 24
C. 44
D. 48
SOLUTION :
The hands of a clock point in opposite directions (in the same straight line) 11 times
in every 12 hours (Because between 5 and 7 they point in opposite directions
at 6oâEURTMclock only). So, in a day, the hands point in the opposite directions 22 times.
Q.329 How many times are the hands of a clock at right angle in a day?
A. 22
B. 24
C. 44
D. 48
SOLUTION :
In 12 hours, they are at right angles 22 times.
In 24 hours, they are at right angles 44 times.
Q.330 How many times do the hands of a clock coincide in day?
A. 11
B. 22
C. 33
D. 44
SOLUTION :
Page 114
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
The hands of a clock coincide 11 times in every 12 hours (Since between 11 and 1,
they coincide only once, i.e. at 12 oâEURTMclock).
The hands coincide 22 times in a day.
Q.331 Between 1 hour and 12 hours how many times the hour needle and minute needle
will be together?
A. 10
B. 11
C. 12
D. 13
SOLUTION :
In every hour, the hour needle and minute needle will be together once.
So, in 11 hours, 11 times and one for 12 oâEURTMclock.
In total 12 times.
Between 1 hour and 12 hours, number of coincidence = 11 times.
Q.332 An accurate clock shows 8 o'clock in the morning. Through how may degrees will the
hour hand rotate when the clock shows 2 o'clock in the afternoon?
A. 120°
B. 150°
C. 180°
D. 210°
ANSWER : Option C 180°
SOLUTION :
Angle traced by the hour hand in 6 hours = (360/12x 6)Âo = 180Âo.
Q.333 Find the degree between hour hand and minute hand at 3:32
A. 66°
B. 86°
C. 106°
D. 136°
ANSWER : Option B 86°
SOLUTION :
1 minute ( hour hand) = 0.5 degrees
3 hours = 3*0.5*60(1 hour= 60 minutes)
3 hours ( 3'o clock) = 90 degrees
Minute Hand = 32'
1 minute(minute hand) = 6 degrees
32 minutes(minute hand) = 32*6 = 192 degrees
For the 32 minutes, the hour hand moves by an additional 16 degrees
= 32*0.5
So Hour hand at 32 minutes = 90+16=106 degrees
Page 115
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Degrees between minute hand and hour hand at 3:32' = 192-106
=86 degrees
Q.334 Find the angle between the minute hand and hour hand of a clock when the time is
7.20
A. 100°
B. 120°
C. 145°
D. 175°
ANSWER : Option A 100°
SOLUTION :
Angle traced by hour hand in 12 hours = 360 Degrees
Angle traced by it in 7 hrs 20 min i.e 22/3 hrs = (360/12) x (22/3)= 220°
Angle traced by minute hand in 60 min = 360°
Angle traced by it in 20 minutes = (360/60) x 20 = 120°
Required angle = (220° - 120°) = 100°
Q.335 The reflex angle between the hands of a clock at 10.25 is:
A. 190°
B. 190.5°
C. 197°
D. 197.5°
ANSWER : Option D 197.5°
SOLUTION :
Angle traced by hour hand in 125/12 hrs = 360/12 x 125/12Âo = 312.5Âo.
Angle traced by minute hand in 25 min = 360/60 x 25Âo = 150Âo.
Reflex angle = 360Âo -(312.5 - 150Âo) = 360Âo - 162.5Âo = 197.5.
Q.336 A clock is set right at 8 a.m. The clock loses 1 minutes in 24 hours. What will be true
time when clock indicates 8 p.m on the third day ?
A. 7 pm
B. 8 pm
C. 9 pm
D. 10 pm
ANSWER : Option C 9 pm
SOLUTION :
Explanation:-
Time from 8 a.m. on first day to 8 p.m of third day = 60 hrs
also 23 hrs and 45 min = 95 / 4 hrs
95/4 hrs of this clock = 24 hrs
so 60 hrs of this clock=(24(4/95)*60)=60*(96/95)=61hrs approx.
of correct clock = 61 hrs of correct clock,
Page 116
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.337 A watch which gains uniformly, is 5 min. slow at 8 oâEURTMclock in the morning on
Sunday and it is 5 min. 48 sec. fast at 8 p.m. on following Sunday. When was it correct?
A. 7 p.m. on Wednesday.
B. 8 p.m. on Wednesday.
C. 7 p.m. on Tuesday
D. 8 p.m. on Tuesday
ANSWER : Option A 7 p.m. on Wednesday.
SOLUTION :
Time from 8 a.m. on Sunday to 8 p.m. on following Sunday = 7 days 12 hours = 180 hours.
The watch gains [5+5 4/5] min. or 54/5 min. in 180 hrs.
Now 54/5 min. are gained in 180 hrs.
5 min. are gained in [180 * 5/54 * 5] hrs. = 83 hrs 20 min. = 3 days 11 hrs 20 min.
It will be correct at 20 min. past 7 p.m. on Wednesday.
Q.338 A clock is set right at 5 a.m. The clock loses 16 minutes in 24 hours. What will be the
true time when the clock indicates 10 p.m. on 4th day?
A. 10 p.m.
B. 9 p.m.
C. 11 p.m.
D. 8 p.m.
ANSWER : Option C 11 p.m.
SOLUTION :
Time from 5 a.m. on a day to 10 p.m. on 4th day = 89 hours.
Now 23 hrs 44 min. of this clock = 24 hours of correct clock.
356/15 hrs of this clock = 24 hours of correct clock.
= 90 hrs of correct clock.
So, the correct time is 11 p.m.
Q.339 A watch which gains uniformly is 2 minutes low at noon on Monday and is 4 min. 48
sec fast at 2 p.m. on the following Monday. When was it correct
A. 2 p.m. on Monday
B. 2 p.m. on Tuesday
C. 2 p.m. on Wednesday
D. 3 p.m. on Thursday
ANSWER : Option C 2 p.m. on Wednesday
SOLUTION :
= 7 days 2 hours =170 hours.
The watch gains [2 + 4 4/5] min. or 34/5 min. in 170 hrs.
Now, 34/5 min. are gained in 170 hrs.
2 min. are gained in [170 * 5/34 * 2] hrs = 50 hrs.
Watch is correct 2 days 2 hrs. after 12 p.m. on Monday i.e. it will be correct
at 2p.m. on Wednesday.
Page 117
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.340 At what time between 5.30 and 6 will the hands of a clock be at right angles?
A. 40 min. past 5
B. 42 min. past 5
C. 43 4/11 min past 5
D. 43 7/11 min. past 5
ANSWER : Option D 43 7/11 min. past 5
SOLUTION :
At 5 oâEURTMclock, the hands are 24 min. spaces apart.
To be at right angles and that too between 5.30 and 6, the minute hand has to
Gain (25 + 15) = 40 min. spaces.
55 min. spaces are gained in 60 min.
40 min. spaces are gained in [60/55 * 40] min. = 43 7/11 min.
Required time = 43 7/11 min. past 5.
Q.341 At what time between 4 and 5 oâEURTMclock will the hands of a watch point in
opposite directions?
A. 54 6/11 min. past 4
B. 50 min. past 4
C. 45 min past 4
D. 40 min past 4
ANSWER : Option A 54 6/11 min. past 4
SOLUTION :
At 4 oâEURTMclock, the hands of the watch are 20 min. spaces apart.
To be in opposite directions, they must be 30 min. spaces apart.
Minute hand will have to gain 50 min. spaces.
55 min. spaces are gined in 60 min.
50 min. spaces are gained in [60/55 * 50] min. or 54 6/11 min.
Q.342 At what time between 9 and 10 oâEURTMclock will the hands of a watch be
together?
A. 49 1/11 min. past 9
B. 40 min. past 9
C. 45 min. past 9
D. 50 min. past 9
ANSWER : Option A 49 1/11 min. past 9
SOLUTION :
To be together between 9 and 10 oâEURTMclock, the minute hand has to gain 45 min.
spaces.
55 min. spaces gined in 60 min.
45 min. spaces are gained in [60 / 55 * 45] min. or 49 1/11 min.
The hands are together at 49 1/11 min. past 9.
Page 118
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.343 Find the angle between the hour hand and the minute hand of a clock when 3.25.
A. 32°
B. 47*1/2°
C. 49*1/2°
D. 37°
ANSWER : Option B 47*1/2°
SOLUTION :
angle traced by the hour hand in 12 hours = 360Â^0
Angle traced by it in three hours 25 min (i.e.) 41/12 hrs = (360*41/12*12)Â^0 =102*1/2Â^0
angle traced by minute hand in 60 min. = 360Â^0.
Angle traced by it in 25 min. = (360 X 25 )/60= 150Â^0
Required angle = 1500 âEUR" 102*1/2Â^0= 47*1/2Â^0
Q.344 At what time between 2 and 3 o'clock will the hands of a clock be together?
A. 45 min. past 2
B. 40 min. past 2
C. 120*1/11min.past 2
D. 54*6/11 min. past 2
ANSWER : Option B 40 min. past 2
SOLUTION :
At 2 o'clock, the hour hand is at 2 and the minute hand is at 12, i.e. they are 10
min spaces apart.
To be together, the minute hand must gain 10 minutes over the hour hand.
Now, 55 minutes are gained by it in 60 min.
10 minutes will be gained in (60 x 10)/55 min. = 120/11 min.
The hands will coincide at 120/11 min. past 2.
Q.345 At what time between 4 and 5 o'clock will the hands of a clock be at right angle?
A. 45 min. past 4
B. 40 min. past 4
C. 40*1/11min.past 4
D. 54*1/11 min. past 4
ANSWER : Option C 40*1/11min.past 4
SOLUTION :
At 4 o'clock, the minute hand will be 20 min. spaces behind the hour hand,
Now, when the two hands are at right angles, they are 15 min. spaces apart. So, they are
at right angles in following two cases.
Case I. When minute hand is 15 min. spaces behind the hour hand:
In this case min. hand will have to gain (20 - 15) = 5 minute spaces. 55 min. spaces are
gained by it in 60 min.
5 min spaces will be gained by it in 60*5/55 min=60/11min.
They are at right angles at 60/11min. past 4.
Case II. When the minute hand is 15 min. spaces ahead of the hour hand:
Page 119
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
To be in this position, the minute hand will have to gain (20 + 15) = 35 minute spa' 55
min. spaces are gained in 60 min.
35 min spaces are gained in (60 x 35)/55 min =40/11
They are at right angles at 40/11 min. past 4.
Q.346 Find at what time between 8 and 9 o'clock will the hands of a clock being the same
Straight line but not together.
A. 45 min
B. 40 min
C. 20*6/11min.past 4
D. 120*1/11 min. past 4
ANSWER : Option D 120*1/11 min. past 4
SOLUTION :
At 8 o'clock, the hour hand is at 8 and the minute hand is at 12, i.e. the two
Hands are 20 min. spaces apart.
To be in the same straight line but not together they will be 30 minute spaces apart. So,
the minute hand will have to gain (30 - 20) = 10 minute spaces over the hour hand.
55 minute spaces are gained. in 60 min.
10 minute spaces will be gained in (60 x 10)/55 min. = 120/11min.
The hands will be in the same straight line but not together at 120/11 min.
Q.347 At what time between 5 and 6 o'clock are the hands of a clock 3min apart?
A. 45 min. past 5
B. 140 min. past 5
C. 346*1/11min.past 4
D. 354*1/11 min. past 4
ANSWER : Option C 346*1/11min.past 4
SOLUTION :
At 5 o'clock, the minute hand is 25 min. spaces behind the hour hand.
Case I. Minute hand is 3 min. spaces behind the hour hand.
In this case, the minute hand has to gain' (25 - 3) = 22 minute spaces. 55 min. are gained
in 60 min.
22 min. are gaineg in (60*22)/55min. = 24 min. The hands will be 3 min. apart at 24 min.
past 5.
Case II. Minute hand is 3 min. spaces ahead of the hour hand.
In this case, the minute hand has to gain (25 + 3) = 28 minute spaces. 55 min. are gained
in 60 min.
28 min. are gained in (60 x 28_)/55=346/11
The hands will be 3 min. apart at 346/11 min. past 5.
Q.348 The minute hand of a clock overtakes the hour hand at intervals of 65 minutes of the
Correct time. How much a day does the clock gain or lose?
A. 450 min.
B. 470 min
Page 120
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
C. 440/43 min
D. 546 min
ANSWER : Option C 440/43 min
SOLUTION :
In a correct clock, the minute hand gains 55 min. spaces over the hour hand in 60
minutes.
To be together again, the minute hand must gain 60 minutes over the hour hand. 55 min.
are gained in 60 min.
60/55 min are gained in 60 x 60 min =720/11 min.
But, they are together after 65 min.
Gain in 65 min =720/11-65 =5/11min.
Gain in 24 hours =(5/11 * (60*24)/65)min =440/43
The clock gains 440/43 minutes in 24 hours.
Q.349 A watch which gains uniformly, is 6 min. slow at 8 o'clock in the morning Sunday
and it is 6 min. 48 sec. fast at 8 p.m. on following Sunday. When was it correct?

A. Sunday
B. Wednesday
C. Tuesday
D. Friday
ANSWER : Option B Wednesday
SOLUTION :
Time from 8 a.m. on Sunday to 8 p.m. on following Sunday
= 7 days 12 hours = 180 hours
The watch gains (5 + 29/5) min. or 54/5 min. in 180 hrs.
Now 54/5 min. are gained in 180 hrs.
5 min. are gained in (180 x 5/54 x 5) hrs. = 83 hrs 20 min. = 3 days 11 hrs 20 min.
Watch is correct 3 days 11 hrs 20 min. after 8 a.m. of Sunday.
It will be correct at 20 min. past 7 p.m. on Wednesday.
Q.350 A clock is set right at 6 a.m. The clock loses 16 minutes in 24 hours. What will be the
true time when the clock indicates 10 p.m. on 4th day?

A. 12 am
B. 06 am
C. 11 pm
D. 10 pm
ANSWER : Option C 11 pm
SOLUTION :
Time from 5 a.m. on a day to 10 p.m. on 4th day = 89 hours.
Now 23 hrs 44 min. of this clock = 24 hours of correct clock.
356/15 hrs of this clock = 24 hours of correct clock.
Page 121
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
89 hrs of this clock = (24 x 31556 x 89) hrs of correct clock.
So, the correct time is 11 p.m.
Q.351 A clock is set right at 8 a.m. The clock gains 10 minutes in 24 hours will be the true
A. 45 min. past 12
B. 48 min. past 12
C. 40 min. past 12
D. 54min.past 12
ANSWER : Option B 48 min. past 12
SOLUTION :
Time from 8 a.m. on a day 1 p.m. on the following day = 29 hours.
24 hours 10 min. of this clock = 24 hours of the correct clock.
145 /6 hrs of this clock = 24 hrs of the correct clock
29 hrs of this clock = (24 x 6/145 x 29) hrs of the correct clock
= 28 hrs 48 min. of correct clock
The correct time is 28 hrs 48 min. after 8 a.m.
This is 48 min. past 12.
Q.352 The angle between the minute hand and the hour hand of a clock when the time
is 4.20, is:
A. 0Âo
B. 10Âo
C. 5Âo
D. 20Âo
ANSWER : Option B 10Âo
SOLUTION :
Angle traced by hour hand in13hrs = (360/12 x 13/3)Âo= 130Âo.
Angle traced by min. hand in 20 min. = (360/60x 20)Âo= 120Âo.
Required angle = (130 - 120)Âo = 10Âo.
Q.353 29.Ramesh Verma during his US visit bought a beautiful wall clock. Verma was
visiting his son on a holiday. The manufacturer of the clock is a lover of mathematics and he
had installed a ringing system that is in pattern in conjunction with the time of ring. At 10 am
clock rings 190 times, at 9 am rings 153 times, at 8 am the clock rings 120 times and so on.
Can you guess what will be the number of rings at 7 am.
A. 91 rings
B. 98 rings
C. 06 rings
D. 100 rings
ANSWER : Option A 91 rings
SOLUTION :
For such questions, you have to identify a mathematical pattern that satisfies the data in
Page 122
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
question. The data in question is as follows
Time Rings
10 190
9 153
8 120
And so on.
Inspecting closely ,you can find the following pattern,
If n is the time , then number of rings will follow 2n²-n .
For example, at 10 am it is 2(10)²-10 = 190 rings, at 9 am it is 2(9)²-9 = 153
rings and so on.
Therefore, at 7 am it will be 2(7)²-7 = 91 rings.
Q.354 The traffic lights at ChennaiâEURTMs famous Mount Road junction change after
every 36 sec., 60 sec and 72 sec. respectively .If they all change simultaneously at 9:25:00
hours ,then at what time they again change simultaneously .
A. 9.30Am
B. 9.31 AM
C. 9.35 AM
D. 9.40 AM
ANSWER : Option B 9.31 AM
SOLUTION :
For such problems, finding out the LCM of the intervals will be the least interval at which all
the signals will glow in unison.
L.C.M of 36,60,72 is 360 seconds. This implies that after every 360 seconds the signals will
be glowing in unison.
Since they have glown simultaneously at c, in another 360 seconds (i.e 6 minutes) they will
again glow together.
Answer is 6 minutes past 9:25:00 hours, which is 9:31:00 hours
Q.355 31.A famous circus company came to the town of Eluru on a camp of 30 days. As an
advertising strategy the circus people installed flash lights to attract people from far off
villages. In the arrangement a Yellow light beams 3 times per minute and a green light
beams 5 times per two minutes. If both lights start beaming at the same time then at what
interval they will flash together?
A. 8 minutes
B. 4 minutes
C. 2 minutes
D. 1 minute
ANSWER : Option C 2 minutes
SOLUTION :
Yellow light beams 3 times in a minute or 60 seconds. Therefore to glow once it will take
60/3 = 20 seconds
Green light beams 5 times in 2 minutes or 120 seconds. Therefore to glow once it will take
120/5 = 24 seconds.
Page 123
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
LCM of 20 and 24 is 120. This implies after every 120 seconds the beams will flash
simultaneously.
Q.356 At what time between 4 & 5 will the hands of a watch point in opposite directions?
A. 43 min past 4
B. 42 5/11 min past 4
C. 40 min past 4
D. 54 6/11 min. past 4
ANSWER : Option D 54 6/11 min. past 4
SOLUTION :
At 4 o'clock, the hands of the watch are 20 min. spaces apart.
To be in opposite directions, they must be 30min. spaces apart.
Minute hand will have to gain 5 min. spaces.
55min spaces are gained in 60 min.
5 min. spaces are gained in (60/55 * 50) min. or 54 6/11 min.
Q.357 A clock is set right at 5am the clock loses 16min in 24 hours. What will be the right
time when the
clock indicates 10am? On the 4th day?

A. 10 pm.
B. 11 pm.
C. 11.15 pm.
D. 11.30 pm.
ANSWER : Option B 11 pm.
SOLUTION :
Time from 5am. On a day to 10pm. on 4th day = 89 hours.
Now 23 hrs 44 min. of this clock = 24 hours of correct clock
365/15 hrs of this clock = 24 hours of correct clock
89 hrs of this clock = ( 24 * 15/356 * 89) hrs of correct clock
So, the correct time is 11pm.
Page 124
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.358 At what time between 5 and 6 will the hands of the clock coincide?
A. 27 3/11 min.
B. 27 4/11 min.
C. 28 3/11 min.
D. 28 4/11 min.
ANSWER : Option A 27 3/11 min.
SOLUTION :
At 5 the angle between the hands is 150 deg.
To coincide, they collectively have to travel this distance. Every minute they travel 5.5 deg.
So no. of minutes required to coincide = 150 / 5.5 = 300 / 11 = 27 3/11 min.
Q.359 At what time between 6 and 7 will the hands be perpendicular?
A. 47 3/11 min.
B. 47 4/11 min.
C. 49 1/11 min.
D. 49 4/11 min.
ANSWER : Option C 49 1/11 min.
SOLUTION :
At 6 the angle between the hands is 180 deg.
To form 90 deg they have to cover 90 deg (out of 180 if 90 is covered 90 will remain)
So no. of minutes required = 90 / 5.5 = 180 / 11 = 16 4/11 min.
But they will be perpendicular for two times. The second one will happen after the minutes
hand crosses the hours hand and then for 90 deg.
So it has to travel 180+90 = 270 deg.
So time = 270 / 5.5 = 540 / 11 = 49 1/11 min.
Q.360 What is the angle between the hands of the clock at 3.45?
A. 157 deg.
B. 157.5 deg.
C. 158 deg.
D. 158.5 deg.
ANSWER : Option B 157.5 deg.
SOLUTION :
At 3, the angle between the hands = A = 90 deg.
In 45 min the hands will move angle of B = 45 X 5.5 deg (since 5.5 deg for 1 min)
B = 247.5 deg.
Required angle = A ~ B = 157.5 deg.
Q.361 What is the angle between the hands at 4.40?
A. 95
B. 97
C. 100
D. 101
Page 125
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
At 4 the angle between the hands, A = 120 deg.
In 40 min, B = 40 X 5.5 = 220 deg.
The required angle = A ~ B = 100 deg.
Q.362 A clock loses 5 min for every hour and another gains 5 min for every hour. If they are
set correct at 10 am on Monday then when will they be 12 hrs apart?
A. 10 am on Thursday.
B. 10 am on Monday
C. 10 am on Tuesday
D. 11 am on Thursday.
ANSWER : Option A 10 am on Thursday.
SOLUTION :
For every hour watch A loses 5 min and watch B gains 5 min.
So for every hour they will differ by 10 min.
For 12 hrs (720 min) difference between them the time required = 720 / 10 = 72 hrs
So they will be 12 hrs apart after 3 days i.e., at 10 am on Thursday
Q.363 Raghu bought 4 dozen oranges at Rs 12 per dozen and 2 dozen oranges at Rs 16
per dozen. He sold them all to earn 20% profit. At what price per dozen did he sell the
oranges?
A. 14.4
B. 16.8
C. 16
D. 19.2
SOLUTION :
Total CP = (12*4 + 16 *2) = 80
SP of 6 dozen oranges = [(120/100 )* 80)] = 96
sell price per dozen =16
Q.364 A man sold 250 chairs and had a gain equal to selling price of 50 chairs. His profit
percent is
A. 5%
B. 25%
C. 10%
D. 50%
ANSWER : Option B 25%
SOLUTION :
sell price of 200 chairs = cost price of 250 chairs
let cost price of each chair is Rs 1
Page 126
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
cost price of 200 chairs = 200
sell price of 200 chairs = 250
gain % = (50/200*100) = 25%
(since; gain = sp of 250 chairs - cost price of 250chairs hence sp of 250 chairs - cost price
of 250 chairs = SP of 50 chairs)
Q.365 A shopkeeper sold an article for Rs 2564.36. Approximately what was his profit
percent if the cost price of the article was Rs 2400.
A. 7
B. 12
C. 8
D. 7
ANSWER : Option A 7
SOLUTION :
Gain %
= (164.36*100/2400)
= 6.84%
= 7% approx
Q.366 A man sells two houses at the rate of Rs. 1.995 lakh each. On one he gains 5% and
on the other, he loses 5%. His gain or loss percent in the whole transaction Is
A. 0.25% loss
B. 2.5%loss
C. 0.25% gain
D. 25% loss
ANSWER : Option A 0.25% loss
SOLUTION :
Loss%= (common gain or loss % / 10)2
= (5/10)Â^2 % = 0.25%.
Q.367 A producer of tea blends two varieties of tea from two tea gardens one costing Rs 18
per kg and another Rs 20 per kg in the ratio 5 : 3. If he sells the blended variety at Rs 21
per kg, then his gain percent is:
A. 10
B. 19
C. 12
D. 22
SOLUTION :
Suppose he bought 5 kg and 3 kg of tea.
Cost Price = Rs. (5 x 18 + 3 x 20) = Rs. 150.
Sell price = Rs. (8 x 21) = Rs. 168.
profit % = (18/150) * 100 = 12%
Page 127
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.368 Bhajan Singh purchased 120 reams of paper at Rs 80 per ream. He spent Rs 280 on
transportation, paid octroi at the rate of 40 paise per ream and paid Rs 72 to the coolie. If he
wants to have a gain of 8 %, what must be the selling price per ream?
A. 90
B. 89
C. 87.48
D. 86
SOLUTION :
Total investment = Rs. (120 * 80 + 280 + (40/100) * 120 + 72).
= Rs. (9600 + 280+48 + 72)
= Rs, 10000.
Sell price of 120 reams
= 108% of Rs. 10000
= Rs. 10800.
Sell Price per ream
= Rs. [10800/120]
= Rs. 90.
Q.369 A horse and a cow were sold for Rs. 12000 each. The horse was sold at a loss ot
20% and the cow at gain of 20% the entire transaction resulted in.
A. No loss or gain
B. Gain of Rs.1000
C. Loss of Rs. 1000
D. Gain of Rs. 2000
ANSWER : Option B gain of Rs. 1000
SOLUTION :
Total S.P. Rs, 24000.
C.P. of horse =Rs. [(100/80) x 12000] = 15000.
C.P. of cow = Rs.[(100/120) x 12000] = 10000
Total C.P. = Rs. 25000.
profit = Rs. (25000âEUR"24000) Rs 1000.
Q.370 A dealer sold two of his cattle for Rs. 500 each. On one of them he lost 10% on the
other, he gained 10%. His gain or loss percent in the entire transaction was:
A. 10% loss
B. 1% loss
C. 1% gain
D. Neither loss nor profit
ANSWER : Option B 1% loss
SOLUTION :
Loss%= (common gain or loss % / 10)2 = (10/10)Â^2 % = 1%.
Page 128
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.371 A person bought 20 litres of milk at the rate of Rs 8 per litre. He got it churned after
spending Rs 10 and got 5 kg of cream and 20 litres of toned milk. If he sold the cream at
Rs. 30 per kg and toned milk at Rs 4 per litre, his profit in the transaction is :
A. 25%
B. 37.5%
C. 35.3%
D. 42.5%
ANSWER : Option C 35.3%
SOLUTION :
Investment Rs. (20*8 + 10) = Rs. 170.
Receipt = Rs. (30*5 + 20*4) = Rs. 230.
profit %=[(60/170) * 100] % = 35.29% = 35.3%.
Q.372 A man buys oranges at Rs 5 a dozen and an equal number at Rs 4 a dozen. He sells
them at Rs 5.50 a dozen and makes a profit of Rs 50. How many oranges does he buy?
A. 30 dozens
B. 50 dozens
C. 40 dozens
D. 60 dozens
ANSWER : Option B 50 dozens
SOLUTION :
Cost Price of 2 dozen oranges Rs. (5 + 4) = Rs. 9.
Sell price of 2 dozen oranges = Rs. 11.
If profit is Rs 2, oranges bought = 2 dozen.
If profit is Rs. 50, oranges bought = (2/2) * 50 dozens = 50 dozens.
Q.373 If the cost price of 12 tables is equal to the selling price of 16 tables, the loss percent
is:
A. 15%
B. 25%
C. 20%
D. 30%
SOLUTION :
cost price of 1 table = 1
cost price of 16 table = 16
sell price 16 table = 12
Loss = (4/16)*100 = 25%
Q.374 A bought a radio set and spent Rs 110 on its repairs. He then sold it to B at 20%
profit, B sold it to C at a lossâEURTM of 10 % and C sold it for Rs 1188 at a profit of 10 %.
What is the amount for which A bought the radio set?
A. Rs. 850
Page 129
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
B. Rs. 930
C. Rs. 890
D. Rs. 950
ANSWER : Option C Rs 890
SOLUTION :
110% of 90% of 120% of A = 1188.
[(110/100)*(90/100)*(120/100)*A] = 1188 or A = 1188/1000
since A =1188 hence A = 100
A purchased it for Rs. (1000âEUR" 110) = Rs. 890.
Q.375 By selling 45 lemons for Rs 40, a man loses 20 %. How many should he sell for Rs
24 to gain? 20 % in the transaction?
A. 16
B. 20
C. 18
D. 22
SOLUTION :
Let S.P. of 45 lemons is Rs. x.
80 : 40 = 120 : x or 80/40 = 120/x or x = 40 * 120 / 80 = 60
lemons sold For Rs. 60, = 45
lemons sold For Rs. 24, = (45/60) * 24= 18.
Q.376 An article when sold at a gain of 5% yields Rs 15 more than when sold at a loss of
5%. What is the C.P.
A. Rs. 64
B. Rs. 150
C. Rs. 80
D. RS. 200
SOLUTION :
Let the CP is x then
[(105x/100 ) - (95x/100)] = 15
or x = 150
Q.377 If the manufacturer gains 10 %, the wholesale dealer 15 % and the retailer 25 %,
then the cost of production of a table, the retail price of which is Rs 1265 was
A. 632.50
B. 814
C. 800
D. 834.34
Page 130
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
125 % of 115% of 110% of P= 1265.
[(125/100)*(115/100)*(110/100)]P = 1265 hence (253/160)p= 1265
P = (1265 * 160)/253 = 800
Q.378 A sells a bicycle to B at a profit of 20 % and B sells it to C at a profit of 25 %. If C
pays Rs 1500, what did A pay for it?
A. Rs. 825
B. Rs. 1100
C. Rs. 1000
D. Rs. 1125
SOLUTION :
125% of 120% of A = 1500
[(125/100) * (120/100)*A] = 1500.
A= [1500*(2/3)]= 1000.
Q.379 By mixing two qualities of pulses in the ratio 2: 3 and selling the mixture at the rate of
Rs 22 per kilogram, a shopkeeper makes a profit of 10 %. If the cost of the smaller quantity
be Rs 14 per kg, the cost per kg of the larger quantity is:
A. Rs. 23
B. Rs. 25
C. Rs. 24
D. None of these
SOLUTION :
Cost Price of 5 kg = Rs.(14*2 + x*3) = (28 + 3x).
Sell price of 5 kg = Rs. (22x5) = Rs. 110.
(110 - (28 + 3x)/(28 + 3x)) * 100 = 82-3x/28 + 3x = 1 / 10
820 - 30x = 28 +3x ; 33x = 792 ; x = 24
Q.380 Rahim buys mangoes at the rate of 3 kg for Rs 21 and sells them at 5 kg for Rs 50.
To earn Rs 102 as profit, he must sell.
A. 26 kg
B. 34 kg
C. 32 kg
D. 56 kg
ANSWER : Option B 34 kg
SOLUTION :
rate of buying = 7;
rate of selling = 10 to gain 3 Rs he must buy 1 kg
for 102 profit he must buy = (102/3) = 34
Page 131
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.381 If the selling price of an article is times its cost price, the profit percent is
A. 33.33
B. 20.50
C. 25.25
D. 20.33
SOLUTION :
cost price = x then sell price
= 4x/3 gain ((4x/3 - x) = x/3
gain = ((x/3)*(1/x)*100 = 33.33
Q.382 A fruit seller purchases oranges at the rate of 3 for Rs 5 and selIs them at 2 for Rs 4.
His profit in the transaction is
A. 10 %
B. 20 %
C. 15 %
D. 25 %
ANSWER : Option B 20 %
SOLUTION :
Let number of Oranges = LCM of 2,3,4,5 = 60
cost price of 60 oranges = (5/3 * 60) = 100
sell price of 60 oranges = (4/2 * 60) = 120
profit % = 20%
Q.383 When a commodity is sold for Rs 34.80, there is a loss of 25%. What is the cost price
of the commodity?
A. 46.40
B. 43
C. 26.10
D. 43.20
SOLUTION :
sell price = 34.80 loss = 25%
cost price = (100*34.80 / 75) = 46.40
Q.384 A shopkeeper bought an article for Rs 319.60. Approximately, at what price should
he sell the article to make 25% profit?
A. 400 Rs
B. 500 Rs
C. 450 Rs
D. 600 Rs
ANSWER : Option A 400 Rs
Page 132
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
sell price = 125% of 319.60
= (125/100) * 319.60
= 399.50 = 400 Rs
Q.385 Gopal purchased 35 kg of rice at the rate of Rs 9.50 per kg and 30 kg at the rate of
Rs i.Q.O per kg. He mixed the two. Approximately, at what price per kg should he sell the
mixture to make 35 % profit in the transaction?
A. Rs 12
B. Rs 13
C. Rs 12.50
D. Rs 13.50
ANSWER : Option D Rs 13.50
SOLUTION :
Cost Price of 65 kg rice = Rs. (35 x 9.50 + 30 x 10.50) = 647.50
Sell Price of 65 kg rice = 135 % of 647.50 = Rs (135/100) x 647.50
Sell Price per kg = (135/100) x 647.50 x (1/65) = 13.44=Rs. 13.50 (App.)
Q.386 If books bought at prices ranging from Rs 200 to Rs 350 are sold at prices ranging
from Rs 300 to Rs 425, what is the greatest possible profit that might be made in selling
eight books?
A. 400
B. Cannot he determined
C. 600
D. 1800
SOLUTION :
least cost price = 200*8 = 1600
greatest price = 425 * 8 = 3400
profit required 3400- 1600 = 1800
Q.387 Vilas bought paper sheets for Rs 7200 and spent Rs 200 on transport. Paying Rs
600, he had 330 boxes made, which he sold at Rs 28 each. His profit percentage is
A. 15.5
B. 60
C. 40
D. None of these
SOLUTION :
Total investment = Rs. (7200+200+ 600) Rs. 8000.
Total receipt Rs. (330 x 28) = Rs. 9240.
profit % = [1240/8000] * 100 = 15.5
Page 133
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.388 Two mixers and one T.V. cost Rs. 7000, while two T.V.s and a mixer cost Rs, 9800.
The value of one T.V. is
A. Rs. 2800
B. Rs. 4200
C. Rs. 2100
D. Rs. 8400
SOLUTION :
Let C.P. of a mixer be Rs. x and that of a T,V. be Rs. y.
Then, 2x + y = 7000 and 2y + x = 9800.
Multiplying 2nd equation by 2 and subtracting first from it, we get
3y = 19600 - 7000 = 12600 or y = 4200 C.P. of a T.V. = Rs. 4200
Q.389 Ajay bought 15 kg of dal at the rate of Rs 14.50 per kg and 10 kg at the rate of Rs 13
per kg. He mixed the two and sold the mixture at the rate of Rs 15 per kg. What was his
total gain in this transaction?
A. Rs 1.10
B. Rs 11
C. Rs 16.50
D. Rs 27.50
SOLUTION :
Cost price of 25 kg = Rs. (15 x 14.50 + lOx 13) = Rs. 347.50.
Sell price of 25 kg = Rs. (25 x 15) = Rs. 375.
profit = Rs. (375 âEUR" 347.50) = Rs. 27.50.
Q.390 A retailer buys a radio for Rs 225. His overhead expenses are Rs 15. He sell the
radio for Rs 300. The profit percent of the retailer is
A. 10%
B. 50%
C. 25%
D. 52%
SOLUTION :
cost price = (225 + 15) = 240
sell price = 300
gain = (60/240)*100 = 25%
Q.391 A man bought a number of oranges at 3 for a rupee and an equal number at 2 for a
rupee. At what price per dozen should he sell them to make a profit of 20 %
A. 4
B. 6
C. 5
Page 134
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. 7
ANSWER : Option B 6
SOLUTION :
let us assume he bought 12 oranges of each kind CP of 2 dozen(12*2) = ((1/3) *12) + (1/2) *
12) = 10
profit = 20%
sp of 2 dozen = 120% of 10 = 12
sp per dozen = 6
Q.392 A man bought an article and sold it at a gain of 5 %. If he had bought it at 5% less
and sold it for Re 1 less, he would have made a profit of 10%. The C.P. of the article was:
A. Rs 100
B. Rs 200
C. Rs 150
D. Rs 500
ANSWER : Option B Rs 200
SOLUTION :
let original cost price is x its cost price = 105/100 * x = 21x/20
New Cost price = 95/100 * x = 19x/20 new Sell price = 110/100 * 19x/20 = 209x/200
[(21x/20) - (209x/200)] = 1 or x = 200
Q.393 There would be 10% loss if a toy is sold at Rs 10.80 per piece. At what price should it
be sold to earn a profit of 20%
A. 12
B. 14.40
C. 12.96
D. None
SOLUTION :
90:10.80 = 120:x or 90/10.80 = 120/x
x = (120 * 10.80)/90 = 14.4 hence SP = 14.4
Q.394 A man buys an article for Rs. 27.50 and sells it for Rs 28.60. Find his gain percent
A. 1%
B. 2%
C. 3%
D. 4%
ANSWER : Option D 4%
SOLUTION :
So we have C.P. = 27.50
S.P. = 28.60
Page 135
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Gain = 28.60 - 27.50 = Rs. 1.10
Gain %=(Gain-cost?100)%=(1.1027.50?100)%=4%
Q.395 A TV is purchased at Rs. 5000 and sold at Rs. 4000, find the lost percent
A. 10%
B. 20%
C. 25%
D. 28%
SOLUTION :
We know, C.P. = 5000
S.P. = 4000
Loss = 5000 - 4000 = 1000
Loss %=(Loss-cost?100)%=(10005000?100)%=20%
Q.396 A person incurs a loss of 5% be selling a watch for Rs. 1140. At what price should
the watch be sold to earn 5% profit.
A. Rs.1200
B. Rs.1230
C. Rs.1260
D. Rs.1290
SOLUTION :
Let the new S.P. be x, then.
(100 - loss%):(1st S.P.)
= (100 + gain%):(2nd S.P.)
=>(951140=105x)=>x=1260
Q.397 A book was sold for Rs 27.50 with a profit of 10%. If it were sold for Rs. 25.75, then
would have been percentage of profit and loss ?
A. 2% Profit
B. 3% Profit
C. 2% Loss
D. 3% Loss
ANSWER : Option B 3% Profit
SOLUTION :
S.P.=(100+gain%100?C.P)
So, C.P. = (100110?25.75)
When S.P. = 25.75 then Profit=25.75?25=Re.0.75
Profit%=0.7525?100=3%
Page 136
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.398 Alfred buys an old scooter for Rs. 4700 and spends Rs. 800 on its repairs. If he sells
the scooter for Rs. 5800, his gain percent is
A. 6.19%
B. 6.17%
C. 5.511%
D. 3.511%
SOLUTION :
Whenever we get this type of question, we should have formula in mind that,
Gain% = (gain/cost)*100
Cost = 4700 + 800 = Rs. 5500
S.P. = Rs. 5800
Profit = 5800 - 5500 = 300
Gain%=300/5500?100=5.511%
Q.399 If the cost price is 25% of selling price. Then what is the profit percent.
A. 150%
B. 200%
C. 300%
D. 350%
SOLUTION :
Let the S.P = 100
then C.P. = 25
Profit = 75
Profit% = 75/25 * 100 = 300
Q.400 The cost price of 20 articles is the same as the selling price of x articles. If the profit
is 25%, find out the value of x
A. 13
B. 14
C. 15
D. 16
SOLUTION :
Let the Cost Price of one article = Rs. 1
CP of x articles = Rs. x
CP of 20 articles = 20
Selling price of x articles = 20
Page 137
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Profit = 25% [Given]
?(SP?CP)
=25100=14
?(20?x)x=14
?80?4x=x
?5x=80
?x=805=16
Q.401 Akhil purchased 70kg vegetable at Rs. 420, then sold them at the rate of Rs. 6.50
per kg, find the profit percent.
A. 8.13%
B. 7.13%
C. 6.13%
D. 5.13%
ANSWER : Option A 8.13%
SOLUTION :
Please note in this type of questions, get the value of 1 kg to solve this question, lets solve
it.
C.P. of 1 Kg = 420/70 = Rs. 6
Selling Price = 6.50
Gain = Rs. 0.50
Gain%=.50/6?100=8.13%
Q.402 100 oranges are bought at the rate of Rs. 350 and sold at the rate of 48 per dozen.
The percentage of profit is
A. 12.27%
B. 13.27%
C. 14.27%
D. 15.27%
SOLUTION :
So before solving this question we will get the C.P. and S.P. of 1 article to get the gain
percent.
C.P. of 1 orange = 350/100 = Rs 3.50
S.P. of one orange = 48/12 = Rs 4 [note: divided by 12 as 1 dozen contains 12 items]
Gain = 4 - 3.50 = Rs 0.50
Gain%=0.50/3.50?100=100/7%=14.27%
Q.403 A man buys an item at Rs. 1200 and sells it at the loss of 20 percent. Then what is
Page 138
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
the selling price of that item
A. Rs. 660
B. Rs. 760
C. Rs. 860
D. Rs. 960
SOLUTION :
Here always remember, whenever x% loss,
it means S.P. = (100 - x) % of C.P
whenever x% profit,
it means S.P. = (100 + x)% of C.P
So here will be (100 - x)% of C.P.
= 80% of 1200
= 80/100 * 1200
= 960
Q.404 Sahil purchased a machine at Rs 10000, then got it repaired at Rs 5000, then gave
its transportation charges Rs 1000. Then he sold it with 50% of profit. At what price he
actually sold it.
A. Rs. 22000
B. Rs. 24000
C. Rs. 26000
D. Rs. 28000
SOLUTION :
Question seems a bit tricky, but it is very simple.
Just calculate all Cost price, then get 150% of CP.
C.P. = 10000 + 5000 + 1000 = 16000
150% of 16000 = 150/100 * 16000 = 24000
Q.405 A shopkeeper expects a gain of 45/2 % on his C.P. If his sale was Rs. 392, then find
his profit.
A. Rs. 70
B. Rs. 72
C. Rs. 74
D. Rs. 76
SOLUTION :
We Know,
S.P. = (100+gain%100?C.P)
=>C.P.=100122.50?392=320
Page 139
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Profit=392?320
=Rs72
Q.406 A plot is sold for Rs. 18,700 with a loss of 15%. At what price it should be sold to get
profit of 15%.
A. Rs 25300
B. Rs 22300
C. Rs 24300
D. Rs 21300
ANSWER : Option A Rs 25300
SOLUTION :
This type of question can be easily and quickly solved as following:
Let at Rs x it can earn 15% pr0fit
85:18700 = 115:x [as, loss = 100 -15, Profit = 100 +15]
x = (18700*115)/85
= Rs.25300
Q.407 A shopkeeper sells a transistor at Rs. 840 at a gain of 20% and another for Rs. 960
at the loss of 4%. Find his total gain percent.
A. 5.1217%
B. 5.1317%
C. 5.1417%
D. 5.1517%
ANSWER : Option D 5.1517%
SOLUTION :
In this type of question, we will first find total C.P. of items, then total S.P. of items, then we
will get gain or loss. From which we can easily calculate its percentage.
So, C.P. of 1st transistor = (100/120?840)=700
C.P. of 2nd transistor = (100/96?960)=1000
Total C.P. = 1700
Total S.P. = 1800
Gain = 1800 - 1700 = 100
Gain% = (100/1700?100)=5.1517%
Q.408 A man gains 20% by selling an article for a certain price. If he sells it at double the
price, the percentage of profit will be.
A. 130%
B. 140%
C. 150%
D. 160%
Page 140
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Let the C.P. = x,
Then S.P. = (120/100)x = 6x/5
New S.P. = 2(6x/5) = 12x/5
Profit = 12x/5 - x = 7x/5
Profit% = (Profit/C.P.) * 100
=> (7x/5) * (1/x) * 100
= 140 %
Q.409 If the cost price of 12 pens is equal to the selling price of 8 pens, the gain percent is
?
A. 12%
B. 30%
C. 50%
D. 60%
SOLUTION :
Let the cost price of 1 pen is Re 1
Cost of 8 pens = Rs 8
Selling price of 8 pens = 12
Gain = 12 - 8 = 4
Gain %=(GainCost?100)%
=(48?100)%
=50%
Q.410 The cost price of 20 articles is the same as the selling price of x articles. If the profit
is 25% then determine the value of x.
A. 14
B. 15
C. 16
D. 17
SOLUTION :
Let the cost price 1 article = Re 1
Cost price of x articles = x
S.P of x articles = 20
Gain = 20 -x
=>25= (20?x?100)
Page 141
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
=>2000?100x=25x
=>x=16
Q.411 In a certain store, the profit is 320% of the cost. If the cost increases by 25% but the
selling price remains constant, approximately what percentage of the selling price is the
profit
A. 70%
B. 80%
C. 90%
D. None of above
SOLUTION :
Let C.P.= Rs. 100.
Then, Profit = Rs. 320,
S.P. = Rs. 420.
New C.P. = 125% of Rs. 100 = Rs. 125
New S.P. = Rs. 420.
Profit = Rs. (420 - 125) = Rs. 295
Required percentage = (295/420) * 100
= 70%(approx)
Q.412 If the cost price of 12 items is equal to the selling price of 16 items, the loss percent
is
A. 20%
B. 25%
C. 30%
D. 35%
SOLUTION :
Let the Cost Price of 1 item = Re. 1
Cost Price of 16 items = 16
Selling Price of 16 items = 12
Loss = 16 - 12 = Rs 4
Loss % = (4/16)* 100 = 25%
Q.413 A man bought an article and sold it at a gain of 5 %. If he had bought it at 5% less
and sold it for Re 1 less, he would have made a profit of 10%. The C.P. of the article was
A. Rs 100
B. Rs 150
C. Rs 200
D. Rs 250
Page 142
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Let original Cost price is x
Its Selling price = 105/100 * x = 21x/20
New Cost price = 95/100 * x = 19x/20
New Selling price = 110/100 * 19x/20 = 209x/200
[(21x/20) - (209x/200)] = 1
=> x = 200
Q.414 A fruit seller sells mangoes at the rate of Rs.9 per kg and thereby loses 20%. At what
price per kg, he should have sold them to make a profit of 5%
A. Rs 8.81
B. Rs 9.81
C. Rs 10.81
D. Rs 11.81
SOLUTION :
85 : 9 = 105 : x
x= (9*105/85)
= Rs 11.81
Q.415 If the manufacturer gains 10 %, the wholesale dealer 15 % and the retailer 25 %,
then find the cost of production of a table if the retail price was Rs 1265
A. Rs. 750
B. Rs. 800
C. Rs. 850
D. Rs. 900
SOLUTION :
Let the cost of Production = Rs. P
Then, as per question,
=>(125100?115100?110100?P)=1265
=>253160P=1265
=>P=800
Q.416 A producer of tea blends two varieties of tea from two tea gardens one costing Rs 18
per kg and another Rs 20 per kg in the ratio 5 : 3. If he sells the blended variety at Rs 21
per kg, then his gain percent is
A. 12%
B. 13%
C. 14%
Page 143
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. 15%
SOLUTION :
Suppose he bought 5 kg and 3 kg of tea.
Cost Price = Rs. (5 x 18 + 3 x 20) = Rs. 150.
Selling price = Rs. (8 x 21) = Rs. 168.
Profit = 168 - 150 = 18
So, Profit % = (18/150) * 100 = 12%
Q.417 A material is purchased for Rs. 600. If one fourth of the material is sold at a loss of
20% and the remaining at a gain of 10%, Find out the overall gain or loss percentage
A. 412
B. 312
C. 212
D. 112
SOLUTION :
We need to get the Total selling price to solve this question. Because after getting selling
price we can get profit or loss, then we can calculate profit% or loss%
So letâEURTMs solve this:
Price Received by selling one fourth of the material at a loss of 20% =
(1/4) * 600 * (80/100) = Rs. 120
Price Received by remaining material at a gain of 10% =
(3/4) * 600 * (110/100) = Rs. 495 [Note: 1-(1/4) = 3/4]
Total Selling Price = 120 + 465 = Rs. 615
Profit = 615 - 600 = 15
Profit%=(Gain-cost?100)%=(15600?100)%=52%=212%
Q.418 A shopkeeper sold an article for Rs 2564.36. Approximately what was his profit
percent if the cost price of the article was Rs 2400
A. 4%
B. 5%
C. 6%
D. 7%
SOLUTION :
Gain % = (164.36*100/2400) = 6.84 % = 7% approx
Page 144
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.419 A shopkeeper cheats to the extent of 10% while buying and selling, by using false
weights. His total gain is.
A. 20%
B. 21%
C. 22%
D. 23%
SOLUTION :
Gain%
=((100+common gain%)2100?100)%
=((100+10)2100?100)%
=(12100?10000100)%
=21%
Q.420 The cash difference between the selling prices of an article at a profit of 4% and 6%
is Rs 3. The ratio of two selling prices is
A. 51:52
B. 52:53
C. 53:54
D. 54:55
SOLUTION :
Let the Cost price of article is Rs. x
Required ratio =
104% of x/106% of x
=104/106
=52/53
=52:53
Q.421 A pair of articles was bought for Rs. 37.40 at a discount of 15%. What must be the
marked price of each of the articles ?
A. Rs 15
B. Rs 20
C. Rs 22
D. Rs 25
SOLUTION :
As question states that rate was of pair of articles,
So rate of One article = 37.40/2 = Rs. 18.70
Let Marked price = Rs X
then 85% of X = 18.70
Page 145
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
=> X = 1870/85 = 22
Q.422 A shopkeeper fixes the marked price of an item 35% above its cost price. The
percentage of discount allowed to gain 8% is
A. 18%
B. 20%
C. 22%
D. 24%
SOLUTION :
Let the cost price = Rs 100
then, Marked price = Rs 135
Required gain = 8%,
So Selling price = Rs 108
Discount = 135 - 108 = 27
Discount% = (27/135)*100 = 20%
Q.423 Let N be the greatest number that will divide 1365, 4665 and 6905, leaving same
reminder in each case. Sum of digit in N is:
A. 4
B. 5
C. 6
D. 8
ANSWER : Option A 4
SOLUTION :
N = HCF of (4665 -1365), (6905 - 4665), and (6905 - 1305)= HCF of 3360, 2240 and 5600
= 1120
sum of digit in N ( 1 + 1 + 2 + 0 ) = 4
Q.424 A, B and C strat same time in same direction to run around circular stedium. A
complites the round in 252 seconds, B in 308 seconds, and C in 198 seconds. all starting at
same point. after what time will they again at same starting point?
A. 26 minutes and 18 secconds
B. 42 minutes and 36 seconds
C. 45 minutes
D. 46 minutes and 12 seconds
ANSWER : Option D 46 minutes and 12 seconds
SOLUTION :
LCM of 252, 308 and 198 = 2772
so A, B, and C will meet again at starting point in 2772 sec
Page 146
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
i.e. 46 minutes and 12 seconds
Q.425 Gretest possiable length which can be use to measure exately the lengths 7m, 3m
and 85cm and 12m 95cm.
A. 15cm
B. 25cm
C. 35cm
D. 42cm
ANSWER : Option C 35cm
SOLUTION :
Required lenght = HCF of 700cm, 385cm, and 1295cm = 35cm
Q.426 the least multipal of 7, which reminder of 4, when devided 6, 9, 15, and 18, is:
A. 74
B. 94
C. 184
D. 364
SOLUTION :
LCM of 6, 9, 15, and 18 is 90
let the requir number 90k + 4, which is multipel of 7
least value of for which ( 90k + 4 ) is diviseble by 7 is k = 4
requred number is = ( 90 x 4 ) + 4 = 364
Q.427 HCF of two numbers is 23 and the other factor of LCM are 13 and 14. the larger of
two numbers is:
A. 276
B. 299
C. 322
D. 345
SOLUTION :
clearly the number are ( 23 x 13) and ( 23 x 14 ) the larger no = ( 23 x 14 ) = 322
Q.428 The ratio of two number is 3 : 4 and their HCF is 4. their LCM is:
A. 12
B. 16
C. 24
D. 48
SOLUTION :
Page 147
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Let the numbers 3x and 4x. then HCF = x. so x = 4 so the numbers is 12 and 16 LCM of 12
and 16 = 48
Q.429 Which of the following fraction is the largest?
A. 7/8
B. 31/40
C. 3/4
D. 7/9
SOLUTION :
LCM of 8, 16, 40, and 80 = 80
7/8 = 70/80; 13/16 = 65/80; 31/40 = 62/80
Since, 70/80 > 65/80 > 63/80 > 62/80, so 7/8 > 13/16 63/80 > 31/40
So 7/8 is largest.
Q.430 The product of two numbers is 2028 and their HCF is 13. The number of such is:
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
ANSWER : Option B 2
SOLUTION :
Let the number 13a and 13b
Then, 13a x 13b = 2028
ab = 12
Now the co-prime with the product 12 is (1, 12) (3, 4)
So the required number is (13 x 1, 13 x 12) and (13 x 3, 13 x 4)
Clearly there are 2 such pairs
Q.431 Three number is in the ratio of 3 : 4 : 5 and their LCM is 2400. Their HCF is:
A. 40
B. 80
C. 120
D. 200
SOLUTION :
Let the number 3x 4x and 5x
then their LCM is 60x
So 60x = 2400 or x = 40
So numbers are (3 X 40), (4 X 40) and (5 X 40)
Hence required HCF is = 40
Page 148
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.432 The least number which when divided by 5, 6, 7, and 8 leaves reminder 3, but when
divided by 9 leaves no reminder, is:
A. 1677
B. 1683
C. 2523
D. 3363
SOLUTION :
LCM of 5, 6, 7, and 8 is = 840
Required number is of the form 840k + 3
Least value of k for which (840k + 3) is divisible by 9 is k = 2
Required number = (840 x 2 + 3) = 1683
Q.433 252 can be expressed as a product of primes as:
A. 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 7
B. 2 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 7
C. 3 x 3 x 3 x 3 x 7
D. 2 x 3 x 3 x 3 x 7
ANSWER : Option A 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 7
SOLUTION :
252 = 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 7
Q.434 Six bells commence tolling together and toll at intervals of 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, and 12
seconds respectively. In 30 minutes, how many times do they toll together?
A. 4
B. 10
C. 15
D. 16
SOLUTION :
LCM of 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, and 12 is 120
So bell will together after every 120 seconds (2 minutes)
In 30 minutes, they will toll together 30/ 2 + 1 = 16
Q.435 The HCF of two numbers is 11 and their LCM is 7700. If one of the numbers is 27,
then the other is:
A. 279
B. 283
C. 308
D. 318
SOLUTION :
Page 149
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
(11 x 7700)/275=308
Q.436 Find the greatest number that will divide 43, 91, and 183. So as to leave same
reminder in each case:
A. 4
B. 7
C. 9
D. 13
ANSWER : Option A 4
SOLUTION :
Required number = HCF of (91- 43). (183- 91) and (183 - 43)= HCF of 48, 92 and 140 = 4
Q.437 Three number which are co-prime of each other are such that the product of first two
is 531 and that of the last two is 1073. The sum of three numbers is:
A. 75
B. 81
C. 85
D. 89
SOLUTION :
Since the number is co-prime, they contain only 1 as the common factor.
Also the given two products have the middle number in common.
So middle number = HCF 551 and 1073 = 29
First no = 551/ 29 = 19 third number = 1073/ 29 =37
So required sum is = (19 + 29 + 37) = 85
Q.438 The greatest number of four digits which is divisible by 15, 25, 40, and 75 is:
A. 9000
B. 9400
C. 9600
D. 9800
SOLUTION :
Greatest number of four digits is 9999
LCM of 15, 25, 40, and is 600.
On dividing 9999 by 600, the reminder is 399 So required no is 9600
Q.439 The smallest number which when diminished by 7, is divisible by 12, 16, 18, 21, and
28 is
A. 1008
B. 1015
C. 1022
Page 150
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. 1032
SOLUTION :
Required number = (LCM of 12, 16, 18, 21, 28) + 7
= 1008 + 7
= 1015
Q.440 Which of the following has the most number of divisors?
A. 99
B. 101
C. 176
D. 182
SOLUTION :
99 = 1 x 3 x 3 x 11
101 = 1 x 101
176 = 1 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 11
182 = 1 x 2 x 7 x 13
So divisors of 99 are 1, 3, 9, 11, 33, and 99
Divisors of 101 are 1 and 101
Divisors 176 are 1, 2, 4, 8, 11, 16, 22, 44, 88, and 176
Divisors of 182 are 1, 2, 7, 13, 14, 26, 91, and 182
Hence 176 have most number of divisors.
Q.441 The least number should be added to 2497 so that sum is exactly divisible by 5, 6, 4
and 3 is:
A. 3
B. 13
C. 23
D. 33
SOLUTION :
LCM of 5, 6, 4 and 3 = 60 On dividing by 2497 by 60 reminder is 37.So number to be added
= (60 - 37) = 23
Q.442 Greatest number which on dividing 1657 and 2037 leaves reminders 6 and 5
respectively, is:
A. 123
B. 127
C. 235
D. 305
Page 151
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Required number = HCF of (1657 - 6) and (2037 - 5) HCF of 1651 and 2031 = 127
Q.443 The product of two numbers is 4107. If the HCF of these numbers is 37, then the
greater number is:
A. 101
B. 107
C. 11
D. 185
SOLUTION :
Let the number 37a and 37b
Then 37a x 37b = 4107
ab = 3
Now the co-primes with product 3 are (1, 3)
So the required numbers are (37 x 1, 37 x 3)
i.e. 37, 111
So greater number = 111
Q.444 LCM of two numbers is 48. The numbers in the ratio 2 : 3. Then the sum of number
is:
A. 28
B. 32
C. 40
D. 64
SOLUTION :
Let the number 2x and 3x
Then their LCM is = 6x
So 6x = 48 or x = 8
Then the numbers are 16 and 24
Hence the required sum is = (16 + 24) = 40
Q.445 Find the highest common factor of 36 and 84.
A. 4
B. 6
C. 18
D. 12
SOLUTION :
36 = 2 x 2 x 3 x 3
84 = 2 x 2 x 3 x 7
So HCF = 2 x 2 x 3 = 12
Page 152
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.446 If the sum of two numbers 55 and the HCF and LCM of these numbers 5 and 120
respectively, then the sum of the reciprocals of these numbers is equals to:
A. 601/55
B. 55/601
C. 11/120
D. 120/11
ANSWER : Option C
SOLUTION :
Let the numbers a and b
Then a + b = 55 and ab = 5 x 120 = 600
The required sum = 1/(a ) + 1/b = (a+b)/ab = 55/600 = 11/120
Q.447 The least number, which when divided by 12, 15, 20 and 54 leaves in each case a
remainder of 8 is:
A. 504
B. 536
C. 544
D. 548
SOLUTION :
Required number = (LCM of 12, 15, 20, 54) + 8
= 540 + 8
= 548
Q.448 Find out the sum of first 15 consecutive even numbers?
A. 380
B. 410
C. 240
D. 286
SOLUTION :
Sum of first even numbers = n (n + 1)
Here n = 15 so 15 x 16 = 240
Q.449 Which is the smallest even prime number?
A. 1148
B. 2
C. 10
ANSWER : Option B 2
SOLUTION :
Smallest even prime number is 2
Page 153
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.450 How many four digit natural numbers are there?
A. 999
B. 9000
C. 9900
D. 8999
SOLUTION :
Total four digit numbers are 9000
i.e. from 1000 to 9999
Q.451 Find out the number of prime factor in 3270.
A. 7
B. 6
C. 4
D. None of these
ANSWER : Option C 4
SOLUTION :
3270 = 2 x 1635
= 2 x 5 x 327
= 2 x 5 x 3 x 109
So total number. Of prime factor are 4 i.e. 2, 5, 3 and 109
Q.452 Sum of two numbers is 17 and sum of their squares is 145. Find out the numbers?
A. 7 and 10
B. 11 and 6
C. 13 and 4
D. None of these
SOLUTION :
Suppose the given numbers are x and y
So x + y = 17 ----------- (1)
X2 + Y2 = 145 ---------- (2)
Squaring both sides of equation (1)
X2 + Y2 + 2xy = 289
From the equation (2) and above
2xy = 144
So xy =72
X = 72/y
Put this value of x in equation (1)
72/y + y = 17
72 + Y2 = 17y
Y2 âEUR" 17y + 72 = 0
(y - 9) (y - 8) = 0
Page 154
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
y = 9 or y = 8
x = 8 and y = 9 are the answers
Q.453 31 + 32 + 33 + --------- + 100 =?
A. 4230
B. 4720
C. 4585
D. 4427
SOLUTION :
Sum of all the numbers bet2 31 to 100 = (31+100)/2 x 70 = 4585
Q.454 Find out the numbers. Which is by how much is less 3649; by the same difference it
is greater than 2647

A. 3714
B. 3148
C. 3459
D. 3917
SOLUTION :
Required answer = (3649+2647)/2 = 3148
Q.455 If the number is divided by 493 leaves reminder 67; then the same number is divided
by 17 will leave?
A. 0
B. 67
C. 16
D. 17
SOLUTION :
493 is exact multiple of 17 So divide earlier reminder 67 by 17, quotient will be 3 and the
next reminder is 16
16 is the required answer
Q.456 Find out the smallest five digit number using digit once only; if five digit number dose
not contain 2 and 5.
A. 13467
B. 01345
C. 20456
D. 10346
Page 155
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Smallest five digit number excluding 2 and 5 contains 0, 1, 3, 4, 6,01346 cannot be written
as five digit number. As here zero is meaning less Required answer = 10346
Q.457 Find out largest divisor of product of any three consecutive odd numbers?
A. 135
B. 5
C. 3
D. 15
ANSWER : Option C 3
SOLUTION :
1 x 3 x 5 is divisible by 3 and also divisible by 15
7 x 9 x 11 is divisible by 3 but not divisible by 15
13 x 15 x 17 is divisible by 3 and also divisible by 15
19 x 21 x 23 is divisible by 3 but not divisible by 15
The above cited example states that the largest divisor of the product of any three
consecutive odd numbers is 3
Q.458 Find out the number when multiplied by 19 increases by 486?
A. 27
B. 19
C. 23
D. 18
SOLUTION :
Suppose the given number is x
So x + 486 = x X 19 Subtracting x from both the sides
486 = 18x
X = 486/ 18 = 27
Q.459 Find the dividend if the quotient is 159, divisor is 73 and reminder is 47?
A. 21326
B. 11654
C. 37326
D. 21626
SOLUTION :
Dividend = quotient x divisor + reminder
= 159 x 73 + 47
= 11654
Page 156
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.460 Find the reminder if 23456789 is divided by 99?
A. 26
B. 8
C. 224
D. 10
SOLUTION :
As the given divisor 99 is a two digit no. Add the pairs of two each from right to left in the
given number. 23 + 45 + 67 + 89 = 224
However divisor is two digit number.
So add the hundredth place digit to unit place digit
So required reminder = 24 + 2 = 26
Q.461 Find the quotient and reminder if 628435 is divided by 998?
A. 629 and 693
B. 631 and 695
C. 629 and 695
D. None of these
ANSWER : Option A 629 and 693
SOLUTION :
Given divisor = 998 As 998 + 2 = 1000
Divides 628435 by 998 Quotient 629 reminder 693
Q.462 4/5 of certain number is 64. Half of that number is?
A. 32
B. 40
C. 80
D. 16
SOLUTION :
Explanation
4/5 X x = 64
X = 80
Half of that number = 40
Q.463 If Â 3/4 of number is 27, what will approximately one seventh of that number be?
A. 7
B. 5
C. 10
D. 9
ANSWER : Option B 5
SOLUTION :
Page 157
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
3/(4 ) X x = 27 X = 36
One seventh of 36 = 5.14 which is approximately equivalent to 5
Q.464 How many numbers are divisible by 7 of ''between'' 1 to 100?
A. 9
B. 11
C. 17
D. 14
SOLUTION :
Remember the table of 7, 7 x 14 = 98
Required answer is 14
Q.465 First natural number is?
A. 0
B. 1
C. -1
D. 9
ANSWER : Option B 1
SOLUTION :
First natural number is 1
Q.466 In two digit number one is 7. If 36 is added to the number the digits are reversed the
numbers are?
A. 73
B. 37
C. 63
D. 47
SOLUTION :
This kind of problem is solved by trial and error method from the given alternative.
The answer is 37
Q.467 What is the percentage of whole numbers from 2 to 21 both inclusive, which are
exact multiple of 4?
A. 20
B. 21
C. 24
D. 25
SOLUTION :
Page 158
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Total whole numbers from 2 to 21 = 20
Total multiples of 4 (4, 8, 12, 16, 20) = 5
20 ---- 5
100 ----- x so x = 25%
Q.468 To get the number 40% more than a number x, we multiply the number x by -----?
A. 0.4
B. 0.6
C. 1.4
D. 14
SOLUTION :
Suppose the number is x which is 100%
To get the 40% more of x i.e. 140% of x; x should be the multiplied as 140/100
X = 1.4 x
Q.469 If it is required to find 3% of a given number it should be divided by -------?
A. 3/10
B. 3/100
C. 100/3
D. 10/3
SOLUTION :
3% of x = 3/100 X x x/(100/3)
Q.470 A prime number is greater than 1, will never end with--------?
A. 5
B. 7
C. 9
D. None of these
ANSWER : Option A 5
SOLUTION :
A prime number is greater than 11 can be end with 7 or 9; say 17 0r 19 are the prime
numbers
Greater than 11 and ending with 7 and 9 respectively.
Further any number greater than 11 and ending with 5 will be always divisible by 5 and
hence be a prime number.
Q.471 If the number 158862 correct to 2 significant figure is--------?
A. 15
B. 16
C. 150000
Page 159
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. 160000
SOLUTION :
158862. As digit after underline 5 is equal to more than 5, 15 is divisible by 5 but not by the
number. 115 is not divisible by 25
So required answer is = 160000
Q.472 Which is the smallest of the following number-------?
A. 2/3
B. -1.5
C. 5/3
D. -1.375
ANSWER : Option B -1.5
SOLUTION :
The answer is -1.5
Q.473 The sum of two numbers is 40 and their product id 384. The sum of reciprocals of the
numbers is -------?
A. 5
B. 48
C. 5/48
D. 48/5
SOLUTION :
x + y = 40
xy = 384
1/x +1/y = (x+y)/xy =40/384 =5/48
Q.474 The number of the digit in the smallest number which when multiplied by 7 yields all
nines is -------?
A. 4
B. 5
C. 6
D. None of these
ANSWER : Option C 6
SOLUTION :
Suppose the given number be x
X x 7 = 999999
X = 142857
Above number contain 6 digit
Use the divisibility rule here i.e. 7, 13, 37, if the given digit is repeated six times 999999
Page 160
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.475 One fourth of one fifth of one half of number is 12 what is the number?
A. 240
B. 360
C. 280
D. 480
SOLUTION :
1/(4 ) x (1 )/5 x 1/2 x X=12
X = 12 x 4 x 5 x 2
X= 480
Q.476 If 2 is placed after a two digit number on it right whose tenâEURTMs and units are x
and y respectively the numbers are------?
A. 100x + 20 + y
B. 100x + 10y + 2
C. 200 + 10x + y
D. 200 + 10y + x
ANSWER : Option B 100x + 10y + 2
SOLUTION :
Answer is 100x + 10y + 2
Q.477 How many numbers of âEUR~âEURTMbetweenâEURTMâEURTM 300 to 500
are divisible by 17?
A. 10
B. 11
C. 12
D. 13
SOLUTION :
17 x 18 = 306
17 x 29 = 493
Total numbers from 18 to 29 = 12
Q.478 If the number 42573@ is completely divisible by 72, then which number should be
the @?
A. 4
B. 5
C. 6
D. 7
ANSWER : Option A 4
SOLUTION :
In this types of questions use trial and error method So the answer is 4
Page 161
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.479 A boy asked to multiply the given number by 8/17. Instated, he divided the given
number by 8/17 and got the result 225 more than what he should have got, if he had
multiplied the number by 8/17. The given number was?
A. 8
B. 17
C. 64
D. 136
SOLUTION :
Suppose the given number is x
So 8x/17+ 225=17/8 x
so x = 136
Q.480 What should be added in 32572 in order to make it divisible by 7?
A. 1
B. 2
C. 4
D. None of these
SOLUTION :
03 25 72 pairs of two each from right side to left
Add the alternate pairs and see the differences 75 âEUR" 25 =50
As per the table of 7; 7 x 8 = 56
We will have to add 6 to 50 so as to make it equal to 56
Q.481 The sum of the digits of two digit number is 9 and the differences between the digit of
that of number is 3. What is the number?
A. 42
B. 24
C. 63
SOLUTION :
x + y = 9
(x-y=3)/(2x=12)

63 is required answer option
x = 6 y = 3
Q.482 Which of the following is the ratio between the number and the number obtain by
adding one fifth of that number to it?
A. 5:6
B. 4:5
Page 162
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
C. 5:4
D. 6:5
ANSWER : Option A 5:6
SOLUTION :
Suppose the given number be x then
x : x +(1 )/( 5 ) x
x : 6x/5
x = 5:6
Q.483 The unit digit in the product 274 x 318 x 577 x 313 is
A. 2
B. 4
C. 7
D. 8
ANSWER : Option A 2
SOLUTION :
274 x 318 x 577 x 313
To find out the unit digit of given product multiply all the digits of given numbers
4 x 8 x 7 x 3 = 32 x 21
Now multiply 2 x 1
So 2 is the answer
Q.484 The numbers of integers between 1 and 100 having 9 as one digit of its digits is?
A. 9
B. 10
C. 19
D. 20
SOLUTION :
9, 19, 29, 39, 49,59,69,79, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
Total such numbers are 19
Q.485 The number of prime numbers âEUR~betweenâEURTM 50 to 100 is?
A. 8
B. 9
C. 10
D. 11
SOLUTION :
The prime numbers âEUR~betweenâEURTM 50 to 100 are 10
That is 51, 53, 57, 59, 61, 67, 71, 73, 97,
Page 163
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.486 If 15% of 40 is greater than 25% of a number by 2 then what is that number?
A. 16
B. 20
C. 24
D. 32
SOLUTION :
15% of 40 âEUR" 25% of x = 2
15/100 x 40 - 25/100 x X = 2
600 âEUR" 25x = 2 x 100
400 = 25 x
X = 16
Q.487 If the highest four digit number is added to lowest five digit number then the resultant
figure will be?
A. 21110
B. 12000
C. 109998
D. 19999
SOLUTION :
Highest four digit number is 9999
+ Lowest five digit number =10000
So 9999 + 10000 = 19999
Q.488 by how much is the three fourth of 144 more than tow third of 96?
A. 16
B. 24
C. 44
D. 34
SOLUTION :
3/4 x 144 - 2/3 x 96 =44
Q.489 Which of the following number is divisible by 72?
A. 785936
B. 587964
C. 465768
D. 756844
SOLUTION :
8 x 9 = 72 so apply rule of divisibility of 8 and 9
Page 164
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
So 465768 is divisible by 72.
Q.490 Example: If a man purchases 11 balls for Rs 10 and sells 10 balls for Rs. 11 , How
much profit or loss does he make ?
A. 24%
B. 21%
C. 19%
D. 23%
SOLUTION :
Cost price of one ball = 10 / 11 , Selling Price of one ball 11 / 10
So % profit or loss will be = [( 11 / 10 - 10 / 11 ) / 10 / 11 ] x 100 = 21 %
Q.491 Example: Anand and Deepak started a business investing Rs. 22,500 and Rs.
35,000 respectively. Out of a total profit of Rs. 13,800, Deepak's share is:
A. 8400
B. 8100
C. 8700
D. 9000
SOLUTION :
Ratio of their shares = 22500:35000 = 9:14.
Deepak's share = Rs. (13800 x 14/23) = Rs. 8400.
Q.492 Example: A, B, C started a business with their investments in the ratio 1:3:5. After 4
months, A invested the same amount as before and B as well as C withdrew half of their
investments. The ratio of their profits at the end of the year is:
A. 1:2:3
B. 3:4:15
C. 3:5:10
D. 5:6:10
ANSWER : Option D 5:6:10
SOLUTION :
Let their initial investments be x, 3x and 5x respectively. Then,
A: B: C = (X x 4 + 2x X 8): (3x X 4 + 3x/2 X 8): (5x X 4 + 5x/2 X 8)
= 20x: 24x : 40x = 5: 6: 10.
Q.493 Example: In a business A and C invested amounts in the ratio 2 : 1, whereas the
ratio between amounts invested by A and B was 3 : 2 . If Rs. 56,914 was their profit, how
much amount did B receive?
A. 17389
Page 165
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
B. 17512
C. 18245
D. 16789
SOLUTION :
A : B = 3 : 2 , A : C = 2 : 1
B : A = 2 : 3 , B : A = 4 : 6
Now, A : C = 2 : 1, A : C = 6 : 3 , So B : A : C = 4 : 6 : 3
We can write as A : B : C = 6 : 4 : 3

Q.494 Example: Reena and Shaloo are partners in a business. Reena invests Rs. 35,000
for 8 months and shaloo invests Rs.42,000 for 10 months. Out of a profit of Rs.31,570.
Reena's share is
A. Rs.9471
B. Rs.12628
C. Rs.18,040
D. Rs.18,942
ANSWER : Option B Rs.12628
SOLUTION :
Ratio of their shares=(35000~A-8):(42000~A-10) = 2 : 3.
Reena's share= Rs.(31570 ~A-2/5)
= Rs.12628.
Q.495 Example: man started a business investing Rs.70,000. Rakhi joined him after six
months with an amount of Rs.1,05,000 and Sagar joined them with Rs.1.4 lakhs after
another six months. The amount of profit earned should be distributed in what ratio among
Aman, Rakhi and Sagar respectively, 3 years after Aman started the business?
A. 7 : 6 : 10
B. 12 : 15 : 16
C. 42 : 45 : 56
ANSWER : Option B 12 : 15 : 16
SOLUTION :
Aman : Rakhi : Sagar
=(70,000 x 36):(1,05,000 x 30):(1,40,000 x 24)
= 12 : 15 : 16
Q.496 Example: P and Q started a business investing Rs.85,000 and Rs.15,000
respectively. In what ratio the profit earned after 2 years be divided between P and Q
respectively?
A. 3 : 4
B. 3 : 5
Page 166
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
C. 15 : 23
D. 17 : 3
ANSWER : Option D 17 : 3
SOLUTION :
P : Q
= 85000 : 15000
=85 : 15
=17 : 3
Q.497 Example: Sekar started a business investing Rs.25,000 in 1999. In 2000, he
invested an additional amount of Rs.10,000 and Rajeev joined him with an amount of
Rs.35,000. In 2001, Sekar invested another additional amount of Rs.10,000 and Jatin joined
them with an amount of Rs.35,000. What will be Rajeev's share in the profit of Rs.1,50,000
earned at the end of 3 years from the start of the business in 1999?
A. Rs.45,000
B. Rs.50,000
C. Rs.70,000
D. Rs.75,000
ANSWER : Option B Rs.50,000
SOLUTION :
Sekar:Rajeev:Jatin=(25000~A-12+35000~A-12+45000~A-12):(35000~A-24) :
(35000~A-12)
= 1260000 : 840000 : 420000
= 3 : 2 : 1.
Rajeev's share=Rs.(150000~A-2/6)
= Rs.50000.
Q.498 Simran started a software business by investing Rs. 50,000. After six months, Nanda
joined her with a capital of Rs. 80,000. After 3 years, they earned a profit of Rs. 24,500.
What was Simran's share in the profit?
A. Rs. 9,423
B. Rs. 10,250
C. Rs. 12,500
D. Rs. 10,500
ANSWER : Option D Rs. 10,500
SOLUTION :
Simran : Nanda = (50000 x 36) : (80000 x 30) = 3 : 4.
Simran's share = Rs. 24500 x3= Rs. 10,500.
Q.499 Example: A, B and C enter into a partnership by investing in the ratio of 3:2:4. After
Page 167
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
one year ,B invests another Rs 2,70,000 and C,at the end of 2 years, also invests Rs
2,70,000.At the end of 3 years ,profit are shared in the ratio of 3:4:5.Find the initial
investment of each A?
A. 2,70,000
B. 1,80,000
C. 3,60,000
D. None of these
ANSWER : Option A 2,70,000
SOLUTION :
Share of A = 3x*3 = 9x
Share of B = 2x*3 + 270*2 = 6x+540
Share of C =4x*3+270*1 = 12x+270
Based on new ratio : 9x/3 = (12x+270)/53x=2.4x+54
Or .6x=54 or x= 54/.6 = 90
So initial investments were : A : 270, B 180and C 360 (all in thousands).
The initial investment of each A = 2,70,000
Q.500 Example: A, B and C enter into a partnership investing Rs 35000, Rs 45000 and Rs
55000 resp. The respective share of A,B and C in an annual profit of Rs 40500 are.
A. Rs. 11500, Rs. 13500, Rs. 16500
B. Rs. 10500, Rs. 12500, Rs. 16500
C. Rs. 10500, Rs. 13500, Rs. 15500
D. Rs. 10500, Rs. 13500, Rs. 16500
ANSWER : Option D 10500, Rs. 13500, Rs. 16500
SOLUTION :
A: B: C = 35000:45000:55000 = 7:9:11
Now we are having the ratio. To get the share, first make total of above ratio. then get each
share.
A's Share=40500?27/7=Rs 10500
B's Share=40500?27/9=Rs13500
B's Share=40500?27/11 =Rs16500
Q.501 Example: Kamal started a business investing Rs 9000. After five months, Sameer
joined with a capital of Rs 8000. If at the end of the year, they earn a profit of Rs. 6970, then
what will be the share of Sameer in the profit ?
A. Rs 2380
B. Rs 2300
C. Rs 2280
D. Rs 2260
ANSWER : Option A Rs 2380
SOLUTION :
Now as per question, Kamal invested for 12 months and Sameer invested for 7 months.
Page 168
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
So
Kamal:Sameer = (9000*12):(8000*7)
= 108:56 : = 27:14
Sameer Ratio in profit will be =(6970?14/41) = Rs2380
Q.502 Example: Two merchants, M and N, enter into partnership. M puts in Rs. 20,000 in
the first month and at the end of four months adds Rs.5,000 to his capital. While N
withdraws Rs.20, 000 at the end of 8 months. At the end of the year, M and N received
equal profit. Find the amount invested by N ?
A. Rs.20,000
B. Rs.30,000
C. Rs.40,000
D. Rs.40,000
ANSWER : Option B Rs.30,000
SOLUTION :
The equivalent capital of M for whole year.
20,000 x 4 + 25,000 x 8
80,000 + 2,00,000 = Rs.2,80,000
Let the initial capital of N be C.The equivalent capital of N for whole year.
8 x C + (C âEUR" 20000) x 4
8C + 4C âEUR" 80,000
As the profits are equal, 12C âEUR" 80,000 = 2, 80,00012C = 3, 60,000
C = 3, 60,000/12 = Rs.30, 000
Q.503 Example: Four milkmen rented a pasture. A grazed 24 cows for 3 months; B 10 cows
for 5 months; C 35 cows for 4 months and D 21 cows for 3 months. If AâEURTMs share of
rent is Rs. 720, find the total rent of the field.
A. 3750
B. 3250
C. 3200
D. 3000
SOLUTION :
Ratio of shares of A, B, C, D = (24 * 3): (10 * 5): (35 * 4): (21 * 3)= 72: 50: 140: 63.
Let total rent be Rs. x Then, AâEURTMs share = Rs. 72x / 325
? 72x / 325 = 720 ? x = 720 * 325 / 72= 3250.
Q.504 Example: Yogesh started a business investing Rs. 45000. After 3 months, Pranab
joined him with a capital of Rs. 60000. After another 6 months, Awl joined them with a
capital of Rs. 90000. At the end of the year, they made a profit of Rs. 20000. What would be
Atuls share in it?. [Bank P.O. 1993]
Page 169
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
A. Rs. 4000
B. Rs. 6000
C. Rs. 4500
D. Rs. 8000
ANSWER : Option A Rs. 4000
SOLUTION :
Yogesh : Pranab : Atul = 45000 * 12 : 60000*9 :90000*3 =2: 2: 1
Atuls share = Rs. 20000 * (1/5) = Rs. 4000
Q.505 Example: Dilip, Ram and Amar started a shop by investing Rs.27000, Rs.81000
and Rs,72000 respectively. At the end of one year, the profit was distributed. If Ram's
share of profit be Rs.36,000, the total profit was :
A. Rs.1,08,000
B. Rs.1,16,000
C. Rs.80,000
D. None of these
ANSWER : Option C Rs.80,000
SOLUTION :
Ratio of shares = 27000:81000:72000=3:9:8
If Ram's share is Rs.9, total profit =Rs.20
If Ram's share is Rs.36000
Total profit = Rs.20/9 ~A- 36000 =Rs.80000.
Q.506 Example: A, B and C start a business. A Invests 3 times as much as B Invests
two-third of what C Invests. Then, the ratio of capitals of A, B and C:
A. 3:9:2
B. 6:10:15
C. 5:3:2
D. 6:2:3
SOLUTION :
Suppose C invests Rs.x. Then, B invests Rs.(2 x /3)and A invests Rs.(2x)
Ratio of investments of A,B,C
=2x : 2/3 x : 2x or 6:2:3
Alternatively:
Check the answer options where 2/3 rd of C is B and 3 times of B is A. Only D satisfies.
Q.507 Example: Abhay and Sanjay started a business in partnership with Rs. 1700 and
RS. 1500 respectively as capital. After 6 months, Sanjay left and Abhay pooled in Rs.
1100 more. If the profit realized at the end of year is Rs. 1260, find the Abahys share in
profit.
Page 170
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
A. 975
B. 945
C. 930
D. 915
SOLUTION :
Capital employed by Abhay = 1700 x 12 +1100 x 6 = 27000
Capital employed by Sanjay = 1500 x 6 =9000
So Abhays share = 27000/ 36000 x1260= 945
Q.508 Example: A and B invest in a business in the ratio 3 : 2. If 5% of the total profit goes
to charity and A's share is Rs.855, total profit is :
A. Rs.1576
B. Rs.1537.50
C. Rs.1500
D. Rs.1425
SOLUTION :
Let the total profit be Rs.100
After paying to charity, A's share
= Rs.(95~A-3/5)=Rs.57
If A's share is Rs.57, total profit =Rs.100
If A's share is Rs.855, total profit =Rs.(855~A-100/57)=Rs.1500
Q.509 Example: A,B invested Rs.20,000/- and Rs.25,000/- respectively in a business. The
20% of profits goes
to charities. The rest being divided in proportion to their capitals out of a total profit of
Rs.9000/-.
The AâEURTMs share is:

A. Rs.4000/-
B. Rs.5000/-
C. Rs.3200/-
D. Rs.3600/-
ANSWER : Option A Rs.4000/-
SOLUTION :
A = Rs.20,000/- & B = Rs.25,000/-
==> A : B = 20 : 25
==> 4 : 5
Page 171
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Total profit = Rs.9000/-
20 % of prifit goes to charities ===> Rs.9000/- - Rs.1800/- = Rs.7200/-
remaining amount = Rs.7200/-
Total parts = 9
9 parts -----> Rs.7200/-
1 part ------> Rs.800/-
A's share ===> Rs.800/- * 4 parts = Rs.3200/
Q.510 Example: In a business A invested 1/3rd of total investment in 1/3rd of period of
invested, B invested 1/4th of
total investment in 1/4th of period of investment and remaining was invested by C in
remaining period.
Then the ratioâEURTMs between their shares is:

A. 25:9:16
B. 9:25:16
C. 16:9:25
D. 25:16:9
ANSWER : Option C 16:9:25
SOLUTION :
share's ratio = A : B : C = 4 : 3 : 5
=Time ratio == A : B : C = 4 : 3 : 5
=profit ratio = A : B : C = 16 : 9 : 25
Q.511 Example: A, B, and C enter into a partnership with a certain capital in which
AâEURTMs contribution is Rs. 10,000. If out of of a total profit of Rs. 1,000, A gets A Rs.
5,000 , B gets Rs. 300 then CâEURTMs capital is :
A. Rs.6000
B. Rs. 8000
C. Rs.4000
D. Rs. 5000
SOLUTION :
Ratio of profit of A, B, C = 500 : 300: 200 = 5 : 3 : 2
Let the capital of A, B, C be 5x, 3x, and 2x respectively.
Then 5x = 10,000 x = 2000
Page 172
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
CâEURTMs capital = 2x = 2 ~A- 2000 = Rs. 4000
Q.512 Mr. Moohinder saved one seventh of his income and invested it in three firms in the
ratio 6:3:5. If Rs. 7500 was least investment, find his income.
A. Rs. 260000
B. Rs. 230000
C. Rs.245000
D. Rs. 250000
SOLUTION :
Saving from income are invested in the ratio 6 : 3 : 5
Let x be the common ratio . then the investment are 6x, 3x and 5x
As the least investment = 3x = 7500
So x =7500/3 =2500
Amount invested are 15000 + 7500 + 12500 = 35000
1/7th of his income is 35000
So total income is Rs. 245000
Q.513 Example: A started a business with capital of Rs. 2000 after 5 months; B joined the
partnership with a capital of Rs. 1800. After 9 months from starting the business, C joined
with capital of Rs. 1200. At the end of year, the business realized a profit of Rs. 2010. How
much share of this profit will C get?
A. Rs. 160
B. Rs.190
C. Rs. 170
D. Rs. 180
SOLUTION :
AâEURTMs investment: 2000 x 12 = 24000 BâEURTMs investment: 1800 x 7 = 12600
CâEURTMs investment: 1200 x 3 =3600
So A : B : C = 40 : 21 : 6
C share is 6/67 x 2010 = Rs. 180
Q.514 Example: A, B and c start a business. If A invest twice as much as B and B invests
three-fourth of what C invest, then find the ratio of capitals of A, B and C respectively?
A. 6:3:4
B. 5:3:2
C. 7:4:5
D. 4:3:2
ANSWER : Option A 6:3:4
SOLUTION :
suppose C invest x. then, B invest 3/4 x and A invest 3/2 x.
So A : B : C =3/2 x : 3/4 x
Page 173
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
x = 6x : 3x: 4x = 6 : 3 : 4
Q.515 P, Q, and R start a business with capitals in ratio 1/2: 1/3: 1/4. B puts in twice his
capital at the end of 6 months. Out of total annual profit of Rs. 250, find BâEURTMs share
A. 120
B. 110
C. 100
D. 130
SOLUTION :
Ratio of capital in the beginning = 1/2 : 1/3 : 1/4 = 6 : 4 : 3
Suppose the originally invest Rs. 6 Rs.4 Rs. 3.Ratio of their investment = ( 6 x 12) : ( 4 x 6 +
8 x 6 ) : (3 x 12 )
= 72 : 72 : 36 = 2 : 2 : 1
So BâEURTMs share = Rs. (250 x 2/5) = Rs.100
Q.516 Example: A starts a business with a capital of Rs. 85,000. B joins in the business
with Rs.42500 after some time. For how much period does B join, if the profits at the end of
the year are divided in the ratio of 3 : 1 ?
A. 5 months
B. 6 months
C. 7 months
D. 8 months
ANSWER : Option D 8 months
SOLUTION :
Let B joins for x months. Then
A:B = 85000*12 : x* 42500 = 3 : 1
=> 850*12 : 425x= 3 : 1
=> 850*12/ 425x = 3/1 = 3
=> 850*4 /425x = 1
=> 2*4/x = 1
=> x = 8
Q.517 P , Q and R started a business by investing Rs 120000 , Rs 135000 & Rs 150000
respectively. Find the share of each, out of the annual profit of Rs 56700.
A. 16800 , 18900 , 21000
B. 17850 , 18900 , 21000
C. 16800 , 18900 , 22000
Page 174
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. 17850, 18500 , 22000
ANSWER : Option A 16800 , 18900 , 21000
SOLUTION :
P : Q : R = 120000 : 135000 : 150000 = 120:135:150
= 24:27:30
= 8:9:10
Share of P= 56700*8/27 = 2100*8 = 16800
Share of Q = 56700*9/27 = 2100*9 = 18900
Share of R = 56700*10/27 = 2100*10 = 21000
Q.518 Example: P , Q, R enter into a partnership & their share are in the ratio 1/2 : 1/3 : 1/4
, after two months , P withdraws half of the capitals & after 10 months , a profit of Rs 378 is
divided among them . What is Q's share?
A. 114
B. 120
C. 134
D. 144
SOLUTION :
The ratio of their initial investment = 1/2 : 1/3 : 1/4
= 6 : 4: 3
Let's take the initial investment of P, Q and R as 6x, 4x and 3x respectively
A:B:C = (6x * 2 + 3x * 10) : 4x*12 : 3x*12
= (12+30) : 4*12 : 3*12
=(4+10) : 4*4 : 12
= 14 : 16 : 12 = 7 : 8 : 6
B's share = 378 * (8/21) = 18 * 8 = 144
Q.519 Example: A, B, C rent a pasture. A puts 10 oxen for 7 months, B puts 12 oxen for 5
months and C puts 15 oxen for 3 months for grazing. If the rent of the pasture is Rs. 175,
how much must C pay as his share of rent?
A. 40
B. 50
C. 45
Page 175
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. 55
SOLUTION :
A : B : C = (10 x 7) : (12 x 5) : (15 x 3) = 70 : 60 : 45 = 14 : 12 : 9.
C rent =Rs.(175)(9/35)=Rs .45
Q.520 Example: A started a business by investing Rs.10000/-.After 1 year B joined by
investing Rs.15000/- After 6 months C joined by investing Rs.2400/-. At the end two year,
they got a profit of Rs.47000/-. What is AâEURTMs share?
A. 5000
B. 10000
C. 15000
D. 20000
SOLUTION :
A = Rs.10000/- per 24 months
B = Rs.15000/- per 12 months
C = Rs.24000/- per 6 months
= 10000 x 24 : 15000 x 12 : 24000 x 6
= 20 : 15 : 12
Total = 47 parts -----> Rs.47000/- (profit)
= 1 part ------> Rs.1000/-
Then, A's share is
= 20 part = Rs.1000/- x 20 parts = Rs.20000/-
Q.521 Example: In a business, A,B and C inversed Rs.10,000/-,Rs.20,000/- and
Rs.30,000/- respectively. After 1 year A adds Rs.5000/- to the initial investment. B and C
withdrew Rs.5000/- and Rs.10,000/- respectively. After 2 years the total profit is Rs.7700/-.
What is AâEURTMs share?
A. 350
B. 1700
C. 1750
D. 700
SOLUTION :
A's Share = Rs.10000/- per first 1 year, Next year 5000/- added
= Rs.10000/- * 1 + Rs.15000/- * 1 = Rs.25000/-
B's Share = Rs.20000/- per first 1 year, Next year 5000/- reduced
= Rs.20000/- * 1 + Rs.15000/- * 1 = Rs.35000/-
C's Share = Rs.30000/- per first 1 year, Next year 10000/- reduced
= Rs.30000/- * 1 + Rs.20000/- * 1 = Rs.50000
Then,A's part = 25 : B's part = 35 : C's part = 50
Page 176
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
5 : 7 : 10
Total 22 parts -----> Rs.7700/-
2 parts ------> Rs.700/-
Then, A's share is a part = Rs.350/-
5 parts = Rs.1750/-
Q.522 Example: A and B started a business in partnership investing Rs. 20,000 and Rs.
15,000 respectively. After six months, C joined them with Rs. 20,000. What will be B's share
in total profit of Rs. 25,000 earned at the end of 2 years from the starting of the business?
A. 5000
B. 5500
C. 6500
D. 7500
SOLUTION :
A : B : C = (20,000 x 24) : (15,000 x 24) : (20,000 x 18) = 4 : 3 : 3.
B share = Rs (25000) (3/10)
=Rs 7500
Q.523 Example: A, B and C enter into a partnership with a capital in which AâEURTMs
contribution is Rs. 10,000. If out of a total profit of Rs. 1000, A gets Rs.500 and B gets Rs.
300, then CâEURTMs capital is:
A. 4000
B. 5000
C. 6000
D. 9000
SOLUTION :
A : B : C = 500 : 300 : 200 = 5 : 3 : 2.

Let their capitals be 5x, 3x, 2x respectively.

Then, 5x = 10000 x = 2000.
C's capital = 2x = Rs. 4000.

Q.524 Example: Reena and shaloo are partners in a business. Reena invests Rs. 35,000
for 8months and shaloo invests Rs. 42,000 for 10 months. Out of a profit of Rs. 31,570,
ReenaâEURTMs share
A. 9472
B. 12628
C. 18040
Page 177
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. 18942
SOLUTION :
Ratio of their shares = (35000 x 8) :(42000 x 10) = 2 : 3.

Reena's share = Rs. 31570 x2
________________________________________5
= Rs. 12628.
Q.525 Example: Shekhar started a business investing Rs. 25,000 in 1999, In 2000, he
invested an additional amount of Rs. 10,000 and Rajeev joined him with an amount of Rs.
35,000. In 2001, Shekhar invested another additional amount of Rs. 10,000 and Jatin joined
them with an amount of Rs. 35,000. What will be RajeevâEURTMs share in the profit of
Rs. 1,50,000 earned at the end of 3 years from the start of the business in 1999?
A. 45000
B. 50000
C. 60000
D. 70000
SOLUTION :
Shekhar : Rajeev : Jatin

= (25000 x 12 + 35000 x 12 + 45000 x 12) : (35000 x 24) : (35000 x 12)
= 1260000 : 840000 : 420000 = 3 : 2 : 1
Rajeev's share = Rs. 150000 x (2/6)
= Rs. 50000.
Q.526 Example: Three partners shared the profit in a business in the ratio 5 :7 : 8. They had
partnered for 14 months, 8 months and 7 months respectively. What was the ratio of their
investments?
A. 5 : 7 : 8
B. 20 : 49 : 64
C. 38 : 28 :21
D. None of these
SOLUTION :
Let their investments be Rs. x for 14 months, Rs. y for 8 months and Rs. z for 7 months
respectively.
Then, 14x : 8y : 7z = 5 : 7 : 8.
14x549
Page 178
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Now,8y=798x = 40yy =20x
14x511216
And,7z=8112x = 35zz = 35 x =5 x.
x : y : z = x :4920x:165 x= 20 : 49 : 64.
Q.527 Example: A starts business with Rs. 3500 and after 5 months, B joins with A as his
partner. After a year, the profit is divided in the ratio 2 : 3. What is B's contribution in the
capital?
A. Rs. 7500
B. Rs. 8000
C. Rs. 8500
D. Rs. 9000
SOLUTION :
Let B's capital be Rs. x.
3500 x 12 2 Then, 7x =3
14x = 126000
x = 9000
Q.528 Example: Two friends P and Q started a business investing in the ration of 5 : 6. R
joined them after six months investing an amount equal to that of Q's. At the end of the
year, 20% profit was earned which was equal to Rs. 98,000. What was the amount invested
by R?
A. Rs. 1,05,000
B. Rs. 1,75,000
C. Rs. 2,10,000
D. Data inadequate
ANSWER : Option C Rs. 1,75,000
SOLUTION :
Let the total profit be Rs. x.
Then, 20% of x = 98000x =98000 x 100 = 490000.
20
Let the capitals of P, Q and R be Rs. 5x, Rs. 6x and Rs. 6x respectively.
Then, (5x x 12) + (6x x 12) + (6x x 6) = 490000 x 12
168x = 490000 x 12.
x = 490000 x 12 = 35000.
168
R's investment = 6x = Rs. ( 6 x 35000) = Rs. 210000
Q.529 Example: A and B started a partnership business investing some amount in the ratio
of 3 : 5. C joined then after six months with an amount equal to that of B. In what proportion
should the profit at the end of one year be distributed among A, B and C?
A. 3 : 5 : 2
B. 3 : 5 : 5
Page 179
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
C. 6 : 10 : 5
D. Data inadequate
ANSWER : Option C 6 : 10 : 5
SOLUTION :
Let the initial investments of A and B be 3x and 5x.
A : B : C = (3x x 12) : (5x x 12) : (5x x 6) = 36 : 60 : 30 = 6 : 10 : 5.
C's rent = Rs. 175 x35 = Rs. 45.
Q.530 Example: A and B started a business in partnership investing Rs. 20,000 and Rs.
15,000 respectively. After six months, C joined them with Rs. 20,000. What will be B's share
in total profit of Rs. 25,000 earned at the end of 2 years from the starting of the business?
A. Rs. 7500
B. Rs. 9000
C. Rs. 9500
D. Rs. 10,000
SOLUTION :
A : B : C = (20,000 x 24) : (15,000 x 24) : (20,000 x 18) = 4 : 3 : 3.3
B's share = Rs. 25000 x10 = Rs. 7,500.
Q.531 Example: A began a business with Rs. 85,000. He was joined afterwards by B with
Rs. 42,500. For how much period does B join, if the profits at the end of the year are divided
in the ratio of 3: 1?
A. 4 months
B. 5 months
C. 6 months
D. 8 months
ANSWER : Option D 8 months
SOLUTION :
Suppose B joined for x months. Then,
85000 x 123
Then,42500 x x=1
x =85000 x 12= 8.
42500 x 3
So, B joined for 8 months.
Q.532 Example: Simran started a software business by investing Rs. 50,000. After six
months, Nanda joined her with a capital of Rs. 80,000. After 3 years, they earned a profit of
Rs. 24,500. What was Simran's share in the profit?
A. Rs. 9,423
B. Rs. 10,250
C. Rs. 12,500
Page 180
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. Rs. 10,500
ANSWER : Option D Rs. 10,500
SOLUTION :
Simran : Nanda = (50000 x 36) : (80000 x 30) = 3 : 4
Simran's share = Rs. 24500 x 3/7 = Rs. 10,500
Q.533 Example: Arun, Kamal and Vinay invested Rs. 8000, Rs. 4000 and Rs. 8000
respectively in a business. Arun left after six months. If after eight months, there was a gain
of Rs. 4005, then what will be the share of Kamal?
A. Rs. 890
B. Rs. 1335
C. Rs. 1602
D. Rs. 1780
SOLUTION :
Arun : Kamal : Vinay = (8,000 x 6) : (4,000 x 8) : (8,000 x 8)
=48 : 32 : 64
=3 : 2 : 4.
Kamal's share = Rs. 4005 x2/9 = Rs. 890.
Q.534 Example: Aman started a business investing Rs. 70,000. Rakhi joined him after six
months with an amount of Rs.. 1,05,000 and Sagar joined them with Rs. 1.4 lakhs after
another six months. The amount of profit earned should be distributed in what ratio among
Aman, Rakhi and Sagar respectively, 3 years after Aman started the business?
A. 7 : 6 : 10
B. 12 : 15 : 16
C. 42 : 45 : 56
SOLUTION :
Aman : Rakhi : Sagar = (70,000 x 36) : (1,05,000 x 30) : (1,40,000 x 24) = 12 : 15 : 16
Q.535 What will be the fraction of 20%
A. 1/4
B. 1/5
C. 1/10
D. None of above
SOLUTION :
It will 20x1/100 = 1/5
Page 181
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.536 A man spent 30% of his salary on food, 15% on clothing and 20% on other
expenditure.If he saves Rs. 280 a month, what is his monthly salary?

A. Rs. 800
B. Rs. 1000
C. Rs. 600
D. Rs. 700
SOLUTION :
Total expenditure = 30% +15% + 20% = 65%
So saving = (100 âEUR" 65) = 35%
If his salary is X, 0.35X =280
So X = Rs. 800
Q.537 A sum of Rs. 700 was distributed among 4 people, such that B gets 20 % more than
A, and C gets 30% more than B. If D gets Rs. 136, so how much dose c get?
A. Rs. 220
B. Rs. 240
C. Rs. 234
D. Rs. 254
ANSWER : Option C Rs. 234
SOLUTION :
Let us assume A gets Rs. x
So B gets 1.2 X x = Rs. 1.2x and C gets 1.3 x 1.2x =1.56x
Also 700 = x + 1.2x + 1.56x + 136
700 âEUR" 136 = 3.76x
So x =564/3.76 = Rs.150
Hence, C gets 1.56x = 1.56 X 150 = Rs. 234
Q.538 What is 15 percent of 34
A. 5.10
B. 4.10
C. 3.10
D. 2.10
SOLUTION :
It will be 15% of 34
= (15/100) * 34 = 5.10
Q.539 If Shahrukh's salary is 20% less than Aamir's salary, by how much percent is Aamir's
salary more than Shahrukh's?
A. 5%
B. 10%
Page 182
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
C. 15%
D. 25%
SOLUTION :
Required percentage = [20/(100 âEUR" 20)] ~A-100] %=25%.

Q.540 A lady is allowed 11/2% discount on the total sales made by him plus a bonus of Â
1/2 % on the sales over is 10,000. If his total earning were Rs. 1990, then his total sales (in
Rs) were-
A. Rs. 14000
B. Rs. 24000
C. Rs.34000
D. Rs.44000
SOLUTION :
Let the total sales be Rs x
Then according to question
(11/2)~A- 1/100 ~A- (x +1/2 ~A-(1/100) ~A- (x - 10,000) = 1990.
11x + x - 10,000 = 199000 ~A- 2 = 398000

12x = 408000; x = 34,000.
Q.541 In a certain school, 20% of students are below 8 years of age. The number of
students above 8 years of age is 2/3 of the number of students of 8 years of age which is
48. What is the total number of students in the school?
A. 80`
B. 90
C. 100
D. 110
SOLUTION :
Let the total number of students = x
Given that 20% of students are below 8 years of age
then The number of students above or equal to 8 years of age = 80% of x ----- (Equation 1)
Given that number of students of 8 years of age = 48 ----- (Equation 2)
Page 183
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Given that number of students above 8 years of age = 2/3 of number of students of 8 years
of age
=> Number of students above 8 years of age = 23~A-48=32-----(Equation 3)
From Equation 1, Equation 2 and Equation 3,
80% of x = 48 + 32 = 80?80x100=80?x100=1?x=100
Q.542 JohnâEURTMs salary was decreased by 50% and subsequently increased by 50%.
How much percent does him loss?
A. 28
B. 25
C. 30
D. 32
SOLUTION :
Then, after decreasing 50%, john's salary = 100 ~A- (100?50)/ 100 = 100~A-50 /100 =
Rs.50
After the increase by 50%, john's salary = 50~A- (100+50) /100 = 50~A- 150 /100 = Rs.75
Actual loss = Rs.100 - Rs.75 = Rs.25
Loss percentage = 25/100~A-100 = 25%
Q.543 How many liters of pure acid are there in 8 liters of a 20% solution?
A. 2 liters
B. 1.4 liters
C. 1.6 liters
D. 1 liters
ANSWER : Option C 1.6 liters
SOLUTION :
Quantity of pure acid = 8~A-20/100=1.6
Q.544 A batsman scored 110 runs which included 3 boundaries and 8 sixes. What percent
of his total score did he make by running between the wickets?
A. 45%
B. 45 5/11%
C. 54 6/11%
D. 55%
ANSWER : Option B 45 5/11%
SOLUTION :
Number of runs made by running =110? (3~A-4+8~A-6)
= 110 - (60)
= 50.
Required percentage = ( 50/100 x 100) = 45 5/11
Page 184
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.545 In an election between two candidates, one got 55% of the total valid votes, 20% of
the votes were invalid. If the total number of votes was 7500, the number of valid votes that
the other candidate got, was:
A. 2700
B. 2900
C. 3000
D. 3100
SOLUTION :
Number of valid votes = 80% of 7500 = 6000.
Valid votes polled by other candidate = 45% of 6000
= (45/100) x 6000 = 2700
Q.546 If 50% of x equals the sum of y and 20, then what is the value of x âEUR" 2y?
A. 20
B. 40
C. 60
D. 80
SOLUTION :
50% of x equals the sum of y and 20. Expressing this as an equation yields:
( 50/100) X x = y + 20
x/2 = y +20
x = 2y + 40
x âEUR" 2y = 40
Q.547 The population of a town increased from 1, 75,000 to 2, 62,500 in a decade. The
average percent increase of population per year is:
A. 4.7
B. 5
C. 8
D. 7
ANSWER : Option B 5
SOLUTION :
Increase in 10 years = (262500 - 175000) = 87500.
increase% =(87500/175000)x 100% = 50%.i
Required average = 50/10 % = 5%.

Q.548 If A = x% of y and B = y% of X then which is the following is true ?
A. A is smaller than B
B. A is greater than B
C. A is equals to B (A=B)
Page 185
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
D. If x is smaller than y, then A is greater than B
ANSWER : Option C A is equals to B (A=B)
SOLUTION :
X% of y = x/100 X y = y/100 X x y% of x
So A = B
Q.549 Two tailors X and Y are paid a total of Rs. 500 per week by their employer. If X is
paid 120 percent of sum paid to y, how much y paid per week?
A. Rs.300
B. Rs.200
C. Rs.250
D. Rs. 350
SOLUTION :
Let the sum paid to Y per week be Rs. a
Then a + 120 of a = 550
a+ 120/100 x a = 550
11/5 x a = 550
a = 550 x 5 / 11 =250
Q.550 Two students appeared at an examination. One of them secured 9 marks more than
other his marks was 56% of the sum of their marks, the marks obtain by them are
A. 40, 30
B. 42, 34
C. 42, 33
D. 43, 34
ANSWER : Option C 42, 33
SOLUTION :
Let their marks be ( x+ 9 ) and x
Then, x + 9 = 56/100 ( x + 9 + x)
25 ( x + 9) = 14 (2x + 9)
3x = 99
X = 33
So, their marks are 42 and 33.
Q.551 Three candidates contested an election and received 1136, 7636, and 11628 votes
respectively. What percentage of the total votes did the winning candidate gets.
A. 57%
B. 60%
C. 65%
D. 90%
Page 186
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Total number votes polled (1136 + 7636 + 11628) = 20400
Required percentage = 11628/20400 x 100 = 57%
Q.552 A fruit seller had some apple. He gets 40% apples and still has 420 apples, he had:
A. 590 apples
B. 600 apples
C. 650 apples
D. 700 apples
ANSWER : Option D 700 apples
SOLUTION :
Suppose originally he had X apples,
Then (100 âEUR" 40) of x = 420
60/100 x X = 420
X = (420 x 100 / 60) = 700
Q.553 The value of a machine depreciates at the rate of 10% every year. It was purchased
3 years ago. If its present value is Rs. 8748, its purchase price was :
A. Rs.10000
B. Rs. 12000
C. Rs. 14000
D. Rs.16000
SOLUTION :
Purchase price = Rs. [8748/ (1 - (10/1000)) ^3] = Rs. (8748 * 10/9 * 10/9 * 10/9) =
Rs.12000.
Q.554 In an election between two candidates, one got 55% of the total valid votes, 20% of
the votes were invalid. If the total number of votes was 7500, the number of valid votes that
the other candidate got, was:
A. 2500
B. 2700
C. 2900
D. 3100
SOLUTION :
Number of valid votes = 80%. of 7500 = 6000.
Valid votes polled by other candidate = 45% of 6000 = 45/100 x 6000 = 2700.
Q.555 A number is decreased by 10% and then increased by 10%. The number so
obtained is 10 less than the original number. What was the oiginal number ?
Page 187
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
A. 1000
B. 1000
C. 3000
D. 4000
SOLUTION :
Let the original number be x.
Final number obtained = 110% of (90% of x) = (110/100 * 90/100 * x) = 99x/100.
x - 99x /100 = 10 <=> x/100 = 10 <=> x =1000âEUR|
Q.556 A salesman gets commission on total sales at 9%. If the sale is exceeded Rs.10,000
he gets an additional commission as bonus of 3% on the excess of sales over Rs.10,000. If
he gets total commission of Rs.1380, then the bonus he received is:
A. Rs. 180
B. Rs. 120
C. Rs. 480
D. Data insufficient
SOLUTION :
Commission up to 10000 = 10000 x 9/100 = 900
Again after 10000,
Commission : Bonus
9 : 3
3x : x
Bonus (1380 âEUR" 900) x Â 1/4 = Rs. 120
Q.557 after spending 40% machinery, 25% in building, 15% in raw material and 5% on
furniture. Harilal had a balance of Rs.1305. Total money with him was?

A. Rs. 9000
B. Rs. 8000
C. Rs. 8500
D. Rs. 8700
SOLUTION :
[100 - (40+25+5+15)] % of X = 1305
15% of X = 1305
15/100 x X = 1305
X = 1305 x 100/15 = 8700
Page 188
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.558 The Shopkeeper increased the price of a product by 25% so that customer finds it
difficult to purchase the required amount. But somehow the customer managed to purchase
only 70% of the required amount. What is the net difference in the expenditure on that
product?
A. 10%
B. 5%
C. 12.5%
D. 17.5%
SOLUTION :
Quantity X Rate = Price
1 x 1 = 1
0.7 x 1.25 = 0.875
Decrease in price =0.125/1 x 100 = 12.5%
Q.559 218% of 1674 =? x 1800
A. 4
B. 6
C. 0.5
D. None of these
SOLUTION :
Let 218 % of 1674 = X x 1800 then X = (218/100) x 1674 X (1/1800) = 2.0274.
Q.560 45 x ? = 25% of 900.
A. 16.20
B. 4
C. 500
D. 5
ANSWER : Option D 5
SOLUTION :
Let 45 x X = 25% of 900 then X = 25/100 x 900 x 1/45 = 5
Q.561 Mary has a monthly salary of Rs.1200. She spends Rs. 280 per month on food. What
percent of her monthly salary does she spend on food?
A. 20%
B. 21%
C. 23%
D. 25%
SOLUTION :
The part of her salary that is spent on food is Rs.280 out of her monthly salary of Rs.1200
Page 189
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
percent = part / whole = 280 / 1200 = 0.23 (rounded to 2 decimal places)
multiply and divide 0.23 by 100 to convert in percent
percent = 0.23 * 100 / 100 = 23 / 100 = 23%
Q.562 A shop is offering discounts on shirts costing $20 each. If someone buys 2 shirts, he
will be offered a discount of 15% on the first shirt and another 10% discount on the reduced
price for the second shirt. How much would one pay for two shirts at this shop?
A. $35
B. $32.3
C. $37
D. $ 31.7
ANSWER : Option B $32.3
SOLUTION :
He reduced price for the first shirt
20 - 15% * 20 = $17
the reduced price for the second shirt. The 10% discount will be on the already reduced
price, hence the price of the second shirt is given by
17 - 10% * 17 = $15.3 the total cost for the two shirts is
17 + 15.3 = $32.3
Q.563 A test has 20 questions. If peter gets 80% correct, how many questions did pavan
missed?
A. 5
B. 7
C. 4
D. 6
ANSWER : Option C 4
SOLUTION :
The number of correct answers is 80% of 20 or 80/100 ~A- 20
80/100 ~A- 20 = 0.80 ~A- 20 = 16
Recall that 16 is called the percentage. It is the answer you get when you take the percent
of a number
Since the test has 20 questions and he got 16 correct answers, the number of questions he
missed is 20 ? 16 = 4
Page 190
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
pavan missed 4 questions.
Q.564 What is 25% of 25% equal to?
A. 0.00625
B. 0.0625
C. 0.625
D. 6.25
SOLUTION :
25% of 25% 25/100 x 25/100 = 0.0625
Q.565 It costs Re. 1 to photocopy a sheet of paper. However, 2% discount is allowed on all
photocopies done after first 1000 sheets. How much will it cost to copy 5000 sheets of
paper?
A. 3920
B. 3980
C. 4900
D. 4920
ANSWER : Option
SOLUTION :
Total cost = Rs. [1 x 1000 + (100 - 2)% of 1 x 4000]

= Rs.(1000 + 0.98 x 4000) = Rs. (1000 + 3920) = Rs. 4920.
Q.566 Suppose 70% of the students in college are boys and the number of girls is 504, and
then determine the number of boys in college?
A. 1035
B. 1190
C. 1234
D. 1176
SOLUTION :
Let the total number of student in college is = x
So 30% of x= 504
Or x = (504 x 100)/ 30 = 1680
Then number of boys = 1680 -504 = 1176
Q.567 If the price of cooking oil is increased by 25%. The percentage of reduction that a
family should effect in the use of cooking oil so as not to increase the expenditure on this
account is:
Page 191
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
A. 20 %
B. 25%
C. 22%
D. 24%
ANSWER : Option A 20 %
SOLUTION :
Reduction is consumption = (25 x 100 /125) % =20%
Q.568 In a certain school, 20% of students are below 8 years of age. The number of
students above 8 years of age is 2/3 of the number of students of 8 years of age which is
48. What is the total number of students in the school?
A. 72
B. 80
C. 120
D. 100
SOLUTION :
Let the number of students be x.
Then, Number of students above 8 years of age = (100 - 20) % of x = 80% of x.
80% of x = 48 + 2/3 of 48
80/100x = 80
x = 100.
Q.569 Subtracting 40% of a number from the number, we get the result as30. The number
is:
A. 28
B. 52
C. 50
D. 70
SOLUTION :
x - 40% of x = 30 ? x - 40/100x = 40 so x = 50
Q.570 If 37% of a number is 990.86, what will be approximately 19% of that number?
A. 600
B. 500
C. 400
D. 508
Page 192
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Let 37% of x = 990.86
Then 37/100 x X = 990.86 so X = 2678
Now 19% of 2678 = 19/100 x 2678 = 508.82
Q.571 One fourth of one third of two fifth of a number is 15. What will be40% of that
number?
A. 120
B. 270
C. 350
D. 180
SOLUTION :
1/4) x (1/3) x (2/5) x X = 15 then X = 15 x 30 = 450
40% of 450 = 180
Q.572 Rahul's Mathematics test had 75 problems, 10 arithmetic, 30 algebra, 35 geometry
problems. Although he answered 70% of arithmetic, 40% of arithmetic and 60% of geometry
problems correctly, still he got less than 60% problems right. How many more questions he
would have to answer more to get passed.
A. 5
B. 6
C. 7
D. 8
ANSWER : Option A 5
SOLUTION :
Number of questions attempted correctly = (70% of 10 + 40% of 30 + 60% of 35)
= 7 + 12 + 21 = 40.
Questions to be answered correctly for 60% = 60% of total questions
= 60 % of 75 = 45. He would have to answer 45 - 40 = 5
Q.573 If sales tax is reduced from 5% to 4%, then what difference it will make if you
purchase an item of Rs. 1000
A. 10
B. 20
C. 30
D. 40
SOLUTION :
Answer will be 5% of 1000 - 4% of 1000
Page 193
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.574 How many liters of pure acid are there in 8 liters of a 20% solution?
A. 1.5
B. 1.6
C. 1.7
D. 1.8
SOLUTION :
Question of this type looks a bit typical, but it is too simple, as below...
It will be 8 x 20/100 = 1.6
Q.575 Raman's salary was decreased by 50% and subsequently increased by 50%. How
much percent does he lose?
A. 75%
B. 65%
C. 45%
D. 25%
SOLUTION :
Let the original salary = Rs. 100
It will be 150% of (50% of 100)
= (150/100) x (50/100) x 100 = 75
So New salary is 75, It means his loss is 25%
Q.576 Find out the quantities whose difference is 30 and the ratio between them is 5/11?
A. 25: 55
B. 35: 55
C. 25: 45
D. 15: 45
ANSWER : Option A 25: 55
SOLUTION :
The difference of quantities which are in the ratio 5: 11 is 6. To make the difference 30,
should multiply them by 5.
Therefore 5: 11 = 5 x 5: 11 x 5 = 25: 55
Q.577 Two numbers are in the ratio 11: 13. If 12 be subtracted from each, the reminders
are in the ratio of 7: 9. Find out the numbers?
A. 37
B. 39
C. 35
D. 43
Page 194
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Q.578 If 3 men and 4 boys complete the work is 7 days and 2 men and 3 boys do the same
work in 10 days. In how many days 3 men and 8 boys complete the same work?
A. 4
B. 5
C. 6
D. 7
ANSWER : Option B 5
SOLUTION :
3 men and 4 boys complete the work is 7
Men and 3 boys do the same work in 10 days.
Therefore (3 men+ 4 boys)/(2 men+ 3boys) = 10/7 (because there is inverse proportion in
men and days)
21 men + 28 boys = 20 men + 30 boys
1 man = 2 boys
3 men + 4 boys = 6 boys + 4 boys
= 10 days
3 men + 8 boys = 6 boys + 8 boys = 14 boys
BoyâEURTMs days
10 7
14 x
As there is inverse proportion in boys and men
10/14=x/7 x = 5 days.
Q.579 The cost of lighting 200 bulbs for 6 days for 4 hours every day is Rs. 40. How many
bulbs can be lighted for 15 days for 3 hours every day at the cost of Rs. 48?
A. 125
B. 130
C. 128
D. 132
SOLUTION :
Days Hours Rs. Bulbs
6 4 40 200
15 3 48 x
I II III IV
15: 6
3: 4:: 200: x
40 48
X = (6 x 4 x 48 x 200)/(15 x 3 x40 )=128 bulbs.
Page 195
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.580 Find the ratio whose value is 2/3 and the antecedent is 18?
A. 18: 27
B. 2: 3
C. 20: 30
D. 180: 270
ANSWER : Option A 18: 27
SOLUTION :
Two quantities compared in a ratio are called its items. The first term is called antecedent
and second is consequent.
Q.581 2/3:5/6:8/7: what number?
A. 17/ 14
B. 10/ 7
C. 5/ 3
D. 8/ 22
ANSWER : Option B 10/ 7
SOLUTION :
Q.582 Two equal glasses are respectively 1/3 and 1/4 full of milk. They are then filled up
with water and the contains are mixed in tumbler. Find out the ratio of milk and water in
tumbler?
A. 1: 5
B. 7: 17
C. 3: 9
D. 2: 5
ANSWER : Option B 7: 17
SOLUTION :
In the first glass, milk : water = 1/3:2/3
In the second glass milk : water = 1/4:3/4
Since the LCM of the denominators 3 and 4 is 12.
So the first glass of capacity 12 will contain milk : water = 4: 8 and the second of the same
capacity will contain milk : water 3 : 9, so tumbler will contain 24 liters both glasses having
milk = 7 and water = 17
Q.583 A: B = 2: 3 B: C = 4: 5 C: D = 6: 7 find the ratio of A and D?
A. 4: 13
B. 16: 25
C. 7: 24
D. 8: 22
ANSWER : Option B 16: 25
SOLUTION :
a/b=a/b x b/c c/d
Page 196
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
= 2/3 x 4/5 x 6/7
= 16/35
Q.584 If the 30 mixture of milk and water the ratio of water and milk is 3: 7, find out the
quantity of water to mix in order to make their ratio 3: 7?
A. 40 liter
B. 10 liter
C. 30 liter
D. 20 liter
ANSWER : Option A 40 liter
SOLUTION :
Since the mixture contain 30 liters of mixture of milk and the water in the ratio of 7 : 3
So milk remains the same i.e. 21 liters, water should be increase to make the ratio 3: 7
So if antecedent is 21 the consequent must be 49
Hence 40 liters of water must be added to make 49 liters of it.
Q.585 In a bag there are coins of 25 paisa, 10 paisa, and 5 paisa in the ratio 1: 2: 3. If there
are in all Rs. 30, how many 5 paisa coins are there?
A. 50
B. 100
C. 150
D. 200
SOLUTION :
Number of 25 paisa, 10 paisa and 5 paisa are in the ratio 1: 2: 3
So their values in paisa are in the ratio 1 x 25 : 2 x 10 : 3 x 5 = 25 : 20 : 15
= 5 : 4 : 3
The value of all the coins is Rs. 30
So the value of 5 paisa coin = 3/((5+4+3)) x 30=Rs.7.50
Hence the number of 5 paisa coins = 7.50 x 20 = 150
Q.586 Shyam has a sister who is half of his age. When shyam double, what will be the ratio
of his age to his sisterâEURTMs age?
A. 6/5
B. 4/3
C. 5/2
D. 3/2
SOLUTION :
So his sisters present age = x/2 years.
When the age of shyam is double then the age = 2x years
And his sisterâEURTMs age will be x/2+x=3x/2 years
Required ratio = 2x/3x
Page 197
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
= 4x/3x= 4/3
Q.587 On a certain the first and second class fairs are 7 paisa and 3 paisa per kilometer
respectively. A man who travelled 100 km. spent Rs. 3.40 in going part of distance by the
first class and the in second class. How many kilometers did he travelled in first class?
A. 30km
B. 48.5km
C. 90km
D. None of these
SOLUTION :
If he travelled whole distance in second class he will spend Rs. 3. But he spend Rs. 3.40
Hence he spend 40 paisa more
For traveling one kilometer he spend 4 paisa more therefore he travelled 10km in first class.
Q.588 Ratio of AâEURTMs age to BâEURTMs first equal to 4: 3. A will be 26 years age
old after 6 years, how old is B now?
A. 10 Â 1/2 years
B. 21 years
C. 12 years
D. 15 years
ANSWER : Option D 15 years
SOLUTION :
Q.589 25 men with 10 boys can do a work in 6 days as much as work 21 men with 30 boys
can do it in 5 days. How many boys must help 40 men to do the same work in 4 days?
A. 5
B. 40
C. 20
D. 10
SOLUTION :
Q.590 A contractor took a contract for building 12km road in 15 days and he employed 100
labors on the work. After 5 days he found that only 5 km road is constructed. How many
labors should be he employed to ensure that the work may be complete in 4 days?
A. 120
B. 90
C. 100
D. 110
Page 198
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
DayâEURTMs work labors
9 5km 100
6 7km x
I II III
6:9
5:7 :: 100 : x
Hence x = (9 x 7 x 100)/(6 x 5 ) = 210 labors = 210 âEUR" 100 = 110
Q.591 What number has 5 to 1 ratio to the number 10?
A. 42
B. 55
C. 50
D. 62
SOLUTION :
Q.592 15 men do a work in 20 days. In how many days 20 men do the full work?
A. 30 days
B. 15 days
C. 40 days
D. 20 days
SOLUTION :
20 men can do the full work in 15 days
Q.593 Three persons start the business and make profit of Rs. 1180. If their capitals are as
1/5: 1/6: 1/8 , how should be the profit divided?
A. Rs. 500, 380, 300
B. Rs. 490, 390, 300
C. Rs. 480, 400, 300
D. Rs. 470, 420, 290
ANSWER : Option C Rs. 480, 400, 300
SOLUTION :
Ratio of their capitals = 1/5: 1/6: 1/8= 24: 20: 15
Sum of the ratio = 24 + 20 + 15 = 59
Division of profit = 24/59 x 1180 , 20/59 x 1180, 15/59 x 1180
= Rs. 480, Rs. 400, Rs. 300
Q.594 A, B, C purchases the mangos in the ratio 5: 3: 2. If the difference of mangoes of A
and C is 60, find out the total number of mangoes purchase by them?
A. 200
Page 199
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
B. 150
C. 250
D. 300
SOLUTION :
Total number of mangoes is purchases by them 200
Q.595 A company makes profit of Rs. 450. Out of this 20% is paid as taxes and rest to be
divide among the partners A, B, and C in the proportion of 1: 1 Â 1/2 : 2. Find the share of
each?
A. Rs. 120, 80, 160.
B. Rs.160, 80, 120.
C. Rs. 80, 120, 180
D. Rs.120, 160, 80
ANSWER : Option C Rs. 80, 120, 180
SOLUTION :
As per the question,
Tax paid = 20% of 450 = 90
Remaining amount is = Rs. 450 âEUR" 90 = 360
Ratio of division of profit A, B, and C
A, B and C = 1 : 1 Â 1/2 : 2 = 2 : 3 : 4
Sum of the ratio = 2 + 3 + 4 = 9
Share of profit = 2/9 x 360 3/9 x 360 4/9 x 360 = Rs.80, Rs. 120, Rs. 160.
Q.596 A garrison of 2200 men has provision for 6 weeks at the rate of 45gm. per day per
men. How many man must leave so that the provision may last 24 weeks at 33gm per men
per day?
A. 200
B. 1125
C. 2000
D. 250
SOLUTION :
Amount Period Men
45grm 16 week 2200
33grm 24 week (2200 âEUR" x)
45 : 33
16 : 24 :: (2200 âEUR" x) : 2200
(2200 âEUR" x) = (45 x 16 x 2200)/(33 x 24)=2000
x = 2200 âEUR" 2000 = 200
The men must be leave 200
Q.597 If 5 men can do a piece of work in 20 days in how many days will 10 men and 5 boys
Page 200
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
do the same work if 1 man dose as much work as 2 boys ?
A. 8
B. 10
C. 12
D. 36
ANSWER : Option A 8
SOLUTION :
Q.598 If 21 cows eat as much as 15 oxen, how many cows will eat as much as 35 oxen?
A. 30
B. 35
C. 25
D. 36
SOLUTION :
Q.599 If 21 cows eat as much as 15 oxen, how many cows will eat as much as 35 oxen?
A. 30
B. 35
C. 25
D. 36
SOLUTION :
Q.600 There are three containers of equal capacity. First container is half full, second is one
third full and third one is empty. If all the water in container is divided equally among the
containers, what part of third container will be full?
A. 1/3
B. 2/9
C. 5/18
D. 1/6
SOLUTION :
Let the volume of each container = V cu. M
Total amount of water = V/2+V/3+0=5V/6
Required part of third container will be full
= 1/3 x 5V/6
= 5/18 V
Q.601 Raj is 16 years old and Arti is 24 years. Find the ratio of Arti's age to Raj's age.
A. 1:2
Page 201
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
B. 2:3
C. 3:2
D. 3:4
ANSWER : Option C 3:2
SOLUTION :
Raj is 16 years old.
Arti is 24 years old.
Arti's age: Raj's age = 24 : 16 = 3 : 2
Q.602 Two numbers are in the ratio of 3:1. if sum of these two numbers is 440 , find the
numbers.
A. 300,110
B. 310,100
C. 310,100
D. 330,110
ANSWER : Option D 330,110
SOLUTION :
First Number= (3 x 440)/ (3/4) + 1= 1320= 330

Second Number= 1 x 440/(3 + 1)= 440/(4)= 110
Q.603 Some balloons are divided between two persons in the ratio of 3:5. If one person
gets 20 less balloons than that of the other, find the total number of balloons.
A. 80
B. 90
C. 120
D. 150
SOLUTION :
Let total balloons as x.
So, 3x/8 and 5x/8.
5x/8-3x/8 = 20
x = 80
Q.604 The fourth proportional to 5, 8, 15 is:
A. 18
B. 24
C. 19
D. 20
Page 202
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
SOLUTION :
Let the fourth proportional to 5, 8, 15 be x.
Then, 5: 8: 15: x
5x = (8 x 15)
x = (8 x 15)/5 = 24.
Q.605 If 2 : 9 :: x : 18, then find the value of x
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 6
ANSWER : Option C 4
SOLUTION :
Treat 2:9 as 2/9 and x: 18 as x/18, treat:: as =
So we get 2/9 = x/18
=> 9x = 36
=> x = 4
Q.606 The salaries of A, B and C are of ratio 2:3:5. If the increments of 15%, 10% and 20%
are done to their respective salaries, then find the new ratio of their salaries.
A. 20:33:60
B. 21:33:60
C. 22:33:60
D. 23:33:60
SOLUTION :
Let A salary be 2k
B salary be 3k and C salary be 5k
AâEURTMs new salary is = 115 / 100 x 2k = 23 / 10 k
BâEURTM new salary is = 110 / 100 x 3k = 33 / 10 k
CâEURTM new salary is = 120 / 100 x 5k = 6k
New ratio = 23k / 10 : 33k /10 : 6k
= 23 : 33 : 60
Q.607 A mixture contains alcohol and water in the ratio 4:3. If 5 liters of water is added to
the mixture, the ratio becomes 4:5. Find the quantity of alcohol in the given mixture.
A. 08 Liters
B. 10 Liters
C. 18 Liters
D. 22 Liters
ANSWER : Option B 10 Liters
SOLUTION :
Page 203
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Let the quantity of alcohol and water be 4x liters and 3x liters respectively. Then,
4X/3x+5 =4/5 ~A 20x = 4(3x+5)
8x=20 ~A x=2.5
Quantity of alcohol = (4 x 2.5) liters = 10 liters.
Q.608 If 76 is divided into four parts proportional to 7, 5, 3, 4, then the smallest part is:
A. 12
B. 15
C. 16
D. 19
SOLUTION :
Given ratio = 7: 5: 3: 4, Sum of ratio terms = 19.
Smallest part = (76 * 3/19) = 12
Q.609 Two whole numbers whose sum is 64 cannot be in the ratio.
A. 5: 3
B. 7: 1
C. 3: 4
D. 9: 7
ANSWER : Option C 3: 4
SOLUTION :
Solution: 3 + 4 does not divide 64.
In all the other cases, the sum divides 64.
34.
Q.610 If a man can swim downstream at 6kmph and upstream at 2km ph his speed in still
water is:
A. 7 km/ph
B. 5 km/ph
C. 4 km/ph
D. 6 km/ph
ANSWER : Option C 4 km/ph
SOLUTION :
If the speed downstream is a km/ hr and the speed upstream is 6 km/ hr
Then Speed in still water is = Â 1/2 (a + b) km / hr
Given: speed downstream a = 6 km ph
Speed upstream b = 2kmph
Speed in still water = Â 1/2 (a + b) km/ph
= Â 1/2 (6+2)
Page 204
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
= 8/2 = 4 km/ph
Speed in still water = 4 km/ph
Q.611 A man can row upstream at 8kmph and downstream at 12kmph the speed of the
stream is:
A. 2km/ph
B. 3km/ph
C. 5km/ph
D. 7km/ph
ANSWER : Option A 2km/ph
SOLUTION :
Speed downstream a = 12kmph
Speed upstream b = 8 km/ph
Speed of the stream = Â 1/2 (a-b) = Â 1/2 (12-8)
= 4/2 = 2 km/ph

Speed of the stream

= 2km/ph

Q.612 If Rahul rows 15km upstream and 21km downstream taking 3 hours each time, then
the speed of the stream is:
A. 14km/ph
B. 17km/ph
C. 11km/ph
D. 12km/ph
ANSWER : Option C 11km/ph
SOLUTION :
Speed downstream = distance travelled / time taken = 21/3
a = 7km / hr
Speed upstream = 15/3 =5
b = 5km/hr
Speed of the stream = Â 1/2 (a-b) km/hr
= Â 1/2 (7-5)
Page 205
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
= 1 km/hr
Speed of the stream = 1km/ hr
Q.613 A man rows 750m in 675 seconds against the stream and returns in 7 Â 1/2
minutes. How rowing speed in still water is:

A. 4.7km/ph
B. 5km/ph
C. 7.4km/pm
D. 3.4km/ph
ANSWER : Option A 4.7km/ph
SOLUTION :
Speed upstream âEUR~bâEURTM = 750m / 675 sec = 30/31 m/sec
Speed downstream âEUR~aâEURTM = 700/ 7 Â 1/2 m / minutes
a = 750/ 450 m / sec = 5/3 m/sec
Speed instill water = Â 1/2 (a + b)
= Â 1/2 (750/450 + 750/675) m /sec
= Â 1/2 (750/450 + 750/675) x 18/5 km/hr
= Â 1/2 (5/3 + 30/31) x 18/5 km/hr
= 4.7 km/hr
Q.614 A man rows 13km upstream in 5 hours and also 28km downstream in 5 hours. The
velocity of the stream is:
A. 2.5km/ph
B. 3km/ph
C. 4km/ph
D. 1.5km/ph
ANSWER : Option D 1.5km/ph
SOLUTION :
Speed upstream âEUR~bâEURTM = 13km/ 5 hr
Speed downstream âEUR~aâEURTM = 28/5 km/hr

Velocity of the stream

Page 206
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
= Â 1/2 (a-b)

= Â 1/2 (28/5 âEUR" 13/5)
= Â 1/2 (15/5)
= 3/2
Velocity of the stream = 1.5 km/ hr
Q.615 If a boat goes 7km upstream in 42 minutes and the speed of the stream is 3kmph,
then the speed of the boat in still water is:
A. 17km/hr
B. 13km/hr
C. 12km/hr
D. 14km/hr
ANSWER : Option B 13km/hr
SOLUTION :
Speed upstream = 7/42 km/min = 7/42 x 60 km/ hr
i.e., b=10 km/hr
Speed of the stream = 3km/hr
Â 1/2 (a-b) = 3
Â 1/2 (a-10) = 3?? a-10=6?? a=16 km/hr
Speed of the boat in still water
= Â 1/2 (a + b)
= Â 1/2 (16+10)
= 26/2 = 13km/hr
Q.616 A man can row 9 1/3 km/ph in still water and finds that it takes him thrice as much
time to row up than as to row down the same distance in the river. The speed of the current
is:
A. 2 km/hr
B. 5 1/5km/hr
C. 4 3/2km/hr
D. 4 2/3 km/hr
ANSWER : Option D 4 2/3 km/hr
SOLUTION :
Page 207
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Let manâEURTMs rate upstream be x km/hr. Then his rate downstream is 3 x km/hr
Given:
Speed in still water = 9 1/3 = 28/3 km/hr
i.e., Â 1/2 (a + b) = 28/3 km/hr
? Â 1/2 (x+3x) = 28/3
? 2x = 28/3?? x = 28/ 2 x 3 = 14/3 km/hr
Rate upstream b = 14/3 km/hr and
Rate downstream a = 14/3 x 3 = 14 km/hr
Speed of the current = Â 1/2 (a-b) = Â 1/2 (14 - 14/3)
= Â 1/2 (42-14/3) = 28/6 = 4 2/3 km/hr
Q.617 A man can row a boat at 10kmph in still water. IF the speed of the stream is 6kmph,
the time taken to row a distance of 80km down the stream is:
A. 5hours
B. 7hours
C. 11hours
D. 3 hours
ANSWER : Option A 5hours
SOLUTION :
Speed in still water, Â 1/2 (a + b) = 10 km/hr

? a + b = 20 km/hr
Speed of the stream, Â 1/2 (a-b) = 6km/hr
? a-b = 12 km/hr
1+2?? 2a = 32

== (1)
== (2)

a

= 16 km/hr

Speed downstream =distance traveled / time taken

Time taken
Page 208
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m

= 80/16 = 5 hours

Q.618 A boat takes 4hours for traveling downstream from point A to point B and coming
back to point A upstream. If the velocity of the stream is 2km ph and the speed of the boat
in still water is 4kmph, what is the distance between A and B?
A. 12km
B. 8km
C. 6km
D. 5km
ANSWER : Option C 6km
SOLUTION :
Time taken by boat to travel upstream and downstream
Velocity of the stream, Â 1/2 (a-b) = 2km/hr

= 4 hours
a - b = 4km/hr
? 1
Velocity of the boat in still water
A + b = 8 km/hr
Solving 1 x 2 we get a = 6 km/hr b = 2km/hr
Let the distance between A and B be x km
=
Â 1/2 (a + b) = 4km/hr
? 2

X/2+x/6=4
? 3x + x / 6 = 4
? 4x = 24 -- > x = 6
Distance between A and B = 6km
Q.619 IF a man rows at 6kmph is still water and 4:5kmph against the current, then his along
the current is:
A. 7.5km/hr
B. 12km/hr
C. 8.5km/hr
D. 13km/hr
ANSWER : Option A 7.5km/hr
SOLUTION :
Let the rate along the current i.e., speed upstream b
Speed downstream a
Page 209
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Be x km/hr
a=4.5km/hr
== > Â 1/2 (a + b) = 6
? Â 1/2 (4.5 +x) = 6
? 4.5 + x = 12
? x = 12 âEUR" 4.5 = 7.5
Speed along the current = 7.5 km/hr
Q.620 If a manâEURTMs rate with the current is 11kmph and the rate of the current is
1.5kmph, then the manâEURTMs rate against the current is:
A. 5km/hr
B. 7km/hr
C. 8km/hr
D. 12km/hr
ANSWER : Option C 8km/hr
SOLUTION :
Rate downstream a = 11km/hr

Rate of current

= Â 1/2 (a-b) = 1.5 km/hr

= a-b = 3km/hr
= 11-b = 3
= b= 8km/hr
Rate against the current upstream = 8km/hr
Q.621 Speed of a boat in standing water is 9kmph and the speed of the stream is 1:5kmph.
A man rows to a place at a distance of 10.5 km and comes back to the starting point. The
total time taken by him is:
A. 20hours
B. 24hours
C. 18hours
D. 15hours
ANSWER : Option B 24hours
SOLUTION :
Speed in still water= Â 1/2 (a + b) = 9km ph

= a + b = 18
Speed of the stream = Â 1/2 (a - b) = 1.5 km/ph
= a-b = 3 km/ph

Page 210
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
--1
--2

Solving 1 and 2 gives a = 10.5km/hr ; b=7.5 km/ph
Total time taken by him = 105/10.5 + 105/7.5 = 24 hours
Q.622 About moves upstream at the rate of 1km in 10 minutes and downstream at the rate
of 1km in 6 minutes. The speed of the current is:
A. 7km/hr
B. 3km/hr
C. 5km/hr
D. 2km/hr
ANSWER : Option D 2km/hr
SOLUTION :
Speed upstream âEUR~bâEURTM = 1/10 x 60 km/hr
= 6 km/hr
Speed downstream âEUR~aâEURTM = 1/6 km/ min = 1/6 x 60
= 10km/hr

Speed of the current

= Â 1/2 (a-b)

= Â 1/2 (10-6)
= 2 km / hr
Q.623 River is running at 2kmphr. IF takes a man twice as long to row ap as to row down
the river. The rate of the man is still water is:
A. 10km/hr
B. 6km/hr
C. 12km/hr
D. 7km/hr
SOLUTION :
Let the manâEURTMs rate upstream âEUR~bâEURTM = x km/ph.
Then his rate downstream âEUR~aâEURTM = 2x km/ph

Page 211
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Speed of the stream

= 2 km/hr
= Â 1/2 (a-b) = 2
= a-b = 4
? 2x âEUR" x = 4?? x=4

a=8; b=4

Speed in still water = Â 1/2 (8+4)

=

6 km/hr

Q.624 A man rows to a place 48km distant and back in 14 hours. He finds that he can row
4km with the stream in the same time as 3km against the stream. The rate of the stream is:
A. 2.3km/hr
B. 1.1km/hr
C. 1.5km/hr
D. 2.1km/hr
ANSWER : Option B 1.1km/hr
SOLUTION :
Suppose he moves 4km downstream in x hours
Then, downstream a= 4 / x km/hr
Speed upstream b = 3/ x km/hr
48 / 4 /x + 48 / 3/x = 14
x /4 + x/3 = 14/48 = Â 1/4
3x + 4x / 12 = Â 1/4 ?? 7x x 4 = 12?? x = 3/7
a=28/3 km/hr b = 7km/hr
Rate of stream = Â 1/2 (28/3 âEUR" 7)
= 7/6 = 1.1 km/hr
Page 212
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.625 The current of stream runs at 1kmph. A motor boat goes 35km upstream and back
again to the starting point in 12hours. The speed of the motor boat in still water is:
A. 6km/hr
B. 8km/hr
C. 10km/hr
D. 12km/hr
ANSWER : Option A 6km/hr
SOLUTION :
Let the speed of the motor boat in still water be x km/ph then.
Speed downstream = x+1 km/hr
Speed upstream = x-1 km/hr
35/x+1 + 35/x-1 = 12

X âEUR" 1 + x + 1/ (x+1) (x-1)

= 12/35

== > 2x / x2 âEUR" 1

= 12/35

= 6 x 2 âEUR" 35 x âEUR" 6 = 0
= 6x2 âEUR" 36 x + x âEUR" 6 = 0
= 6x (x-6) + 1 (x-6) = 0?? (6x+1) (x-6) = 0
x=6 km/hr
Q.626 A boat covers 24km upstream and 36km downstream in 6 hours while it cover 35km
upstream and 24km downstream in 6 Â 1/2 hours. The velocity of the current is:
A. 1km/hr
B. 5km/hr
C. 3km/hr
D. 2km/hr
SOLUTION :
Page 213
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Let the

Rate upstream = x km / hr and
Rate downstream = y km/hr

24/x + 36/y = 6

? 36 x + 24y = 6 xy

? 1

36/x + 24/y = 6 Â 1/2 ?? 24x + 36y = 13/2 xy
Letting 1/x = a, 1/y = B

? 2

1+2?? 60 (1/x + 1/y) = 25/2

? 1/x +1/y = 5/24? 3

2-1?? 12 (1/x âEUR" 1/y) = Â 1/2 ?? 1/x âEUR" 1/y = 1/24
3+4?? x = 8 solving we get y=12
Speed of stream = Â 1/2 (12-8) = 2km/hr
Q.627 The speed of a boat in still water is 15km/hr and the rate of current is 3 km/hr. the
distance traveled downstream in 12 minutes is:
A. 3.5km/hr
B. 1.2km/hr
C. 3.6km/hr
D. 2.5km/hr
ANSWER : Option C 3.6km/hr
SOLUTION :
Speed in still water = 15km/hr
Â 1/2 (a + b) = 15km/hr

A + b = 30 km/hr

Page 214
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
-- (1)

Speed of current

= 3 km/hr

Â 1/2 (a-b) = 3km/hr

a - b= 6 km/hr
1+2?? 2a = 36?? a=18 km/hr
i.e., speed downstream = 18 km/hr

--2

Distance traveled downstream = 18 x 12/60 k= 3.6 km
Q.628 A man can row 5kmph in still water. If the river is running at 1kmph, it makes him
75minutes to row to a place and back. How far is the place?
A. 5km/hr
B. 3km/hr
C. 2km/hr
D. 6km/hr
SOLUTION :
Speed in still water, Â 1/2 (a + b) = 5 == > a + b = 10 -- (1)

Speed of the stream, Â 1/2 (a - b) = 1 a-b = 2
Solving 1 and 2 gives a = 6; b = 4
Let the required distance be x km

-- (2)

x / 6 + x / 4 = 75/60
x
Required distance

Page 215
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
== > 10x/24 = 75/60
= 24x 75/10x60 = 3
= 3 km
Q.629 There is road besides a river. Two friends started from a place A, moved to a temple
situated at another place B and then returned to A again. One of them moves on a cycle at
a speed of 12 km/hr, while the other sails on a boat at a speed of 10 km/hr. If the river flows
at the speed of 4 km/hr, which of the two friends will return to place A?
A. Both
B. Boater
C. Cyclist
D. None of these
ANSWER : Option C Cyclist
SOLUTION :
The cyclist moves both ways at a speed of 12khr so average speed for the Cyclist âEUR"
12 km/hr.
Also bat sailor moves downstream at 10+4 = 14km/hr and upstream 10 - 4 = 6km/hr
Average speed of the boat sailor = 2 x 14 x 6 / 14 +6 = 42/ 5 = 8.4km/hr
The average speed of cyclist is greater cyclist comes first and return to place A
Q.630 A man can row 7(1/2) km/hr in still water. If in a river running at 1.5 km/hr, it takes
Him 50 minutes to row to a place and back, how far off is the place?

A. 4km
B. 3km
C. 5km
D. 4.5km
ANSWER : Option B 3km
SOLUTION :
Speed in still water, Â 1/2 (a + b) = 7 Â 1/2 km/hr == > a + b = 15
Speed of the stream, Â 1/2 (a-b) = 1.5 km/hr a-b =1.5 km/hr
a âEUR" b = 3km/hr

-- (1)

1+2 a=9

;

Page 216
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
B = 6

x / 9 + x / 6 = 50 / 60
15x/9 x 6 âEUR" 5/60 x = 9x 6 x 50/15x60 = 3km
Required distance = 3km
Q.631 In one hour, a boat goes 11 km along the stream and 5 km against the stream. The
speed of the boat in still water (in km/hr) is:
A. 3
B. 5
C. 8
D. 9
ANSWER : Option C 8
SOLUTION :
Speed downstream a= 11/1 km/hr
Speed upstream b= 5/1 km/hr

Speed in still water = Â 1/2 (a + b)
= Â 1/2 (11+5) = 8km/hr
Q.632 A boat running downstream covers a distance of 16 km in 2 hours while for covering
the same distance upstream, it takes 4 hours. What is the speed of the boat in still water?

A. 4 km/hr
B. 6 km/hr
C. 8 km/hr
D. 10km/hr
ANSWER : Option B 6 km/hr
SOLUTION :
Speed downstream âEUR~aâEURTM = 16/2 = 8km/hr
Speed upstream âEUR~bâEURTM = 16/4 = 4k m/hr
Speed in still water = Â 1/2 (a + b) = Â 1/2 (8 + 4) = 6km/hr
Q.633 A man row three-quarters of a kilometer against the stream in 11(1/4)minutes.The
speed (in km/hr) of the man in still water is:

A. 4
B. 2
C. 3
D. 5
ANSWER : Option D 5
SOLUTION :
Page 217
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Rate upstream = 750 / 675 m/sec = 10/9 m /sec
Rate downstream = 750/450 m /sec = 5/3 m/ sec
Rate in still water = Â 1/2 (10/9 + 5/3)
= 25/18 m /sec
= 25 / 18 x 18/5 km/hr
rate in still water = 5 km/hr
Q.634 A boat running upstream takes 8 hours 48 minutes to cover a certain distance, while
it takes 4 hours to cover the same distance funning downstream. What is the ratio between
the speed of the boat and speed of the water current respectively?
A. 2 : 1
B. 3 : 2
C. 8 : 3
D. None of these
SOLUTION :
Let the speed upstream be x km/hr and speed downstream be y km/ph.
Then
Distance covered upstream

in 8 hours 48 minutes

= distance covered downstream in 4 hours

x x 48 / 60 x 8
= y x 4 44x /5 = 4y

? y = 11/5 x
ratio between the speed of the boat and
speed of the water current
Â 1/2 (x + y) = Â 1/2 (y-x)
Â 1/2 (x+11x / 5)
= Â 1/2 (-x + 11x/5) 8/5 : 3/5 = 8:3
Q.635 A boat can travel with a speed of 13 km/hr in still water. If the speed of the stream is
4 km/hr, find the time taken by the boat to go 68 km downstream.

A. 4hours
B. 3hours
C. 5hours
D. 2hours
ANSWER : Option A 4hours
SOLUTION :
Page 218
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Speed in still water = 13 km/hr
Speed upstream m = 13 -4 = 9km/hr
Speed downstream = 13+4 = 19 km/hr
Time taken by the boat to go 68km downstream = 68 / 19 = 4 hours
Q.636 A man can row at 5 km/hr in still water. If the velocity of current is 1 km/hr and it
takes him 1 hour to row to a place and come back, how far is the place?

A. 2.4km
B. 2.5km
C. 3km
D. 3.6km
ANSWER : Option A 2.4km
SOLUTION :
Speed in still water = 5km/hr
Speed of the stream = 1 km/hr
Speed upstream = 5-1 = 4km/hr
Stream downstream = 5+1 = 6km/hr
x /4 + x /6 = 1
6x + 4x / 24 = 1

10x = 24
== > x= 24/10 = 2.4
Required distance = 2.4 km
Q.637
A man can row 9(1/3) km/hr in still water and finds that it takes him thrice as much time to
row up than as to row down the same distance in the river. The speed of the
current is:

A. 3 1/3
B. 3 1/9
C. 4 2/3
D. 4 1/2
ANSWER : Option C 4 2/3
SOLUTION :
Speed in still water

=

Page 219
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
9 1/3 km/hr

Let manâEURTMs rate upstream =

x km/hr

ManâEURTMs rate downstream

=

3x km/hr

Speed in still water
=Â 1/2 (a + b) = 9 1/3 = 28/3
=Â 1/2 (x+3x) = 28/3
=2x = 28/3 == > x = 14/3

speed upstream b= 14/3 speed downstream a=14
speed of current = Â 1/2 (a-b) = Â 1/2 (14-14/3) = 14/3 = 4 2/3 km/hr
Q.638 A boat covers a certain distance downstream in 1 hour, while it comes back in 1(1/2)
hours. If the speed of the stream be 3 km/hr, what is the speed of the boat in still water?

A. 12km/hr
B. 13km/hr
C. 14km/hr
D. 15km/hr
SOLUTION :
Let the speed of the boat in still water be x km/ph
Speed upstream = x-3 km/hr

(x+3)1
2x +b
x

=
=
=

Page 220
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
(x-3) 1 Â 1/2
3x âEUR" 9
15 km/hr

speed of the boat in still water is 15km/hr
Q.639 A motorboat, whose speed is 15 km/hr in still water goes 30 km downstream and
comes back in a total of 4 hours 30 minutes. The speed of the stream (in km/hr) is:

A. 4
B. 5
C. 6
D. 10
ANSWER : Option B 5
SOLUTION :
Let the speed of the boat in still water be x km/ph
speed in still water = 15km/hr
speed upstream = 15-x km/hr
speed downstream = 15+x km/hr
= 30 / 15 + x + 30 / 15 - x = 4 Â 1/2
= 30 (15 - x) + 30 (15 + x) / 152 âEUR" x2 = 9/2
= 900/152 âEUR" x2 = 9/2
= 152 âEUR" x2 = 900 x 2/9 = 200
= x 2 = 225 âEUR" 200 = 25
= x= 5

Q.640 A boat takes 90 minutes less to travel 36 miles downstream than to travel the same
distance upstream. If the speed of the boat in still water is 10 m/hr, the speed of the
stream is:

A. 2m/hr
B. 2.5m/hr
C. 3m/hr
D. 4m/hr
ANSWER : Option A 2m/hr
SOLUTION :
Page 221
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Let the speed of the stream be x m/hr
Then speed downstream = 10+x m/hr
Speed upstream = 10-x m/hr

=
=
=
=
=
=

36/10+x + 36/10-x = 90/60
36/ 10+x + 36 / 10-x = 90/60
36(10-x) + 36(10+x) = 90/60 (102-x2)
x2 + 48x +100 = 0
x+50) (x-2) = 0
x= 2

speed of the stream is 2km/hr
Q.641 A this usual rowing rate, Rahul can travel 12 miles downstream in a certain river in 6
hours less than it takes him to travel the same distance upstream. But if he could double his
usual rowing rate for his 24 miles round trip, the downstream 12 miles would then take only
one hour less than the upstream 12 miles. What is the speed of the current in miles per
hour?
A. 2 1/3
B. 3 2/3
C. 1 1/3
D. 2 2/3
ANSWER : Option D 2 2/3
SOLUTION :
Let the speed in still water be x m/hr
Speed of stream be y m/hr
Then, speed upstream = x-y m/hr and
Speed downstream = x + y m/hr
12/x-y âEUR" 12 / x + y = 6 == > 6 (x2 âEUR" y2) = 24 y
Page 222
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m

x2 âEUR" y2 = 4y x2 = y2 + 4y2
also
12/ 2x-y - 12/2x +y = 1
x2 = 24y + y2 / 4

-- 1
4x2 âEUR" y2 = 24y
--2
16y + 4y2 = 24y + y2
3y2 =8 y y = 8/3
speed of the current = 8/3 m/hr = 2 2/3 m/hr
Q.642 The rate of stream is 4 km/ph. A boat goes 6 kms and back to the starting
point in 2 hrs. The speed of the boat in still water?

A. 10km/hr
B. 14km/hr
C. 8km/hr
D. 15km/hr
ANSWER : Option C 8km/hr
SOLUTION :
Answer with Explanation:
Let he speed instill water = x km/hr
Speed upstream = x- 4 k m/hr
6 / x-4 + 6/x+4 = 2
6(x+4 + x âEUR" 4) = 2(x2 âEUR" 16)

= 12x

=2x2 âEUR" 32

= x2 = 2x2 âEUR" 32
= x2 âEUR" 6x âEUR" 16 = 0
Page 223
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
= (x-8) (x+2) = 0
= x= 8
speed in still water = 8 km/hr
Q.643 A man can row 18 km/ph in still water. It takes him thrice as long to row
up as to row down the river. Find the rate of the stream:

A. 9km/ph
B. 10km/ph
C. 11km/ph
D. 12km/ph
ANSWER : Option A 9km/ph
SOLUTION :
Let manâEURTMs rate upstream âEUR~bâEURTM= x km/ph
ManâEURTMs rate downstream âEUR~aâEURTM = 3x km/ph
Speed of boat in still water = Â 1/2 (a + b) = 18 km/ph
A + b = 36 km/ph
3x +x = 36 x= 9 km/ph

a= 27 km/hr ;

b = 9km/hr

speed of the stream

=
=
=

1/2 (a-b)
Â 1/2 (27-9)
9 km/hr
Page 224
www.aptionline.com
www.aptionline.com
Question And Answer
w
w
w
.
a
p
t
i
o
n
l
i
n
e
.
c
o
m
Q.644 A man can row at 4.5 km/ph in still water. It takes him twice as long to row up as to
row down the river. What is the stream?
A. 3.5km/ph
B. 2.5km/ph
C. 2km/ph
D. 2km/ph
ANSWER : Option D 2km/ph
SOLUTION :
Rate of stream = Â 1/2 (a-b) km/hr
Answer with Explanation:
Let speed upstream = b= x km/hr
Speed downstream = a = 2x km/hr
Speed in still water = Â 1/2 (a + b) = 4.5
A + b = 9

2x + x = 9

x=3
a=6km/hr
;

b = 3km/hr
rate of stream = Â 1/2 (6-3) =
1.5 km/hr
Q.645 A boat running down stream covers a distance of 16 kms in 2 hrs, while
for the same distance upstream, it takes 4 hours. The speed of the boat in
still water:

A. 12km
B. 10km
C. 6km
D. 8km
ANSWER : Option C 6km
SOLUTION :
Speed downstream = 16/2 = 8km/hr
Speed upstream = 16/4 = 4km/hr
Speed of boat in still water = Â 1/2 (8+4) = 6km/hr
Speed of the boat in still water = 6km/hr
Page 225
www.aptionline.com

Arithmatic Download

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Arithmatic Download

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

www.aptionline.

11x + x - 10,000 = 199000 ~A- 2 = 398000

Required average = 50/10 % = 5%.

You might also like